ErAX
8603-0L26
                                        906R85101
                    c
Jdfe Systems, JHC.
                                    Submitted to:

                         Office  of Waste Programs Enforcement
                         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
                                  401 M Street, SW
                                Washington, DC  20460

             Attention:   Chief,  Health Sciences Section, R. Charles Morgan
                                                                         I
                                     TR-693-21A

                                 TOXICOLOGY HANDBOOK

                            Principals Related to Hazardous
                               Waste Site Investigations
                                   Prepared Under

                                   Program No. 1393



                              Subcontract No. TES EMI-LS

                                         for

                          PRC Environmental Management, Inc.
                                   Prime Contractor



                                Contract No. 68-01-7037



                              PRC Work Assignment No. 135
                             Contact:  Timothy E. Tyburski

                              Telephone:   (216) 464-3291
                                    August, 1985

-------
EPAX8603-0126
 EPAX8603-0126
 Toxicology Handbook-Principals
AUTHOR
Related  to  Hazardous  Waste Site
TITLE
 Investigations.£ August  1985
DATE
LOANED




BORROWER'S NAME




DATE
RETURNED





-------
                                                                             £ife Systems, Jnc.
                                             FOREWORD
          This handbook was prepared by ICAIR, Life Systems, Inc., under U.S.
          Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA) Contract 68-01-7037.during the period
          February, 1985 to June, 1985.  The program was directed by Mr. Timothy E.
          Tyburski.  The handbook was compiled by Mr. Jeffrey Beaton with technical
          support from Dr. William Brattin, Dr. Carol Maczka, Mr. Kevin Gleason,
          Ms. Yvonne Hales, Mr. Steve Lavenhar, Ms. Betty Neustadter, Ms. Lee Ann Smith
          and Ms. Jo Ann Duchene.  Advice  about the topics and the appropriate level of
          detail was obtained from four toxicologists experienced in giving expert
          witness testimony in hazardous waste litigation actions:  Dr. Herbert Cornish,
          Dr. Curtis Klaassen, Dr. Andrew  Reeves and Dr. James Selkirk.

          Mr. R. Charles Morgan and Ms. Kathleen Plourd, Health Sciences Section, were
          the lead Technical Contacts for  the Office of Waste Programs Enforcement
          during the preparation of this handbook.  ICAIR would also like to acknowledge
          the contribution of the members  of the EPA Workgroup to this program:
          Dr. Arthur Chiu, ORD Carcinogen  Assessment Group; Dr. Leroy Folmer and
          Mr. Abraham Mittelman, OWPE; Dr. Charles Nauman, ORD Exposure Assessment
          Group; Dr. Larry Valcovic, ORD Reproductive Effects Assessment Group; Dr. Judy
          Bellin, OSW; and Dr. Steve Ostrodka, EPA Region V.
t

-------
                                                                          Jttfe Systems, Jnc.
r\	
                                           DISCLAIMER
          This  document has not undergone final reviev within EPA and is for internal
          Agency use/distribution only.

          There has been an EPA workgroup review of the development of this handbook
          prior to this draft.  This final draft is being distributed to EPA personnel
          for a six-month review period* after which changes will be made based on the
          comments received.

-------
                                                                  ttfe SystemsJnc.
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                         PAGE

LIST OF FIGURES	vl

LIST OF TABLES	vii

LIST OF ACRONYMS	viii

GLOSSARY  	   x

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY	ES-1

1.0   INTRODUCTION	1-1

     . 1.1   Purpose and Scope of the Toxicology Handbook	1-1
      1.2   Handbook Organization	1-1

2.0   FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN TOXICOLOGY  	   2-1

      2.1   Mechanisms of Chemical Toxicity	2-1
      2.2   Essential Toxicological Information 	   2-3
      2.3   Limitations to Toxicological Knowledge  ....  	   2-5
      '2.4   Exposure to Toxic Chemicals . . v	2-6

3.0   DOSE-RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS 	   3-1

      3.1   Identification of No-Effect Levels From Dose-Response
            Curves	3-1

            3.1.1   Chemicals with Thresholds	3-1
            3.1.2   Determination of Threshold Values  	   3-1
            3.1.3   Chemicals Without Thresholds  	   3-5

      3.2   Other Uses of Dose-Response Curves	3-9

4.0   IMPORTANT PARAMETERS IN TOXICITY ASSESSMENTS	4-1

      4.1   Route of Exposure	«..   4-1

            4.1.1   Ingestion	4-1
            4.1.2   Inhalation	4-3
            4.1.3   Dermal Absorption	4-3
            4.1.4   Exposure by Injection	4-4

      4.2   Duration/Frequency of Exposure	4-4
      4.3   Species of Exposed Organism	4-4
                                                            continued-

-------
                                                               Jttfe Systems, Jnc.
Table of Contents - continued


4.3.2 Differences in Chemical Metabolism Among





4.4.4 Age and Maturity 	


4.5.2 Common Toxlcological Endpoints and Measuring



5.0 TYPICAL PROTOCOLS USED IN TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES .'........

5.1.1 Acute Studies 	





5.3.2 Uncertainties and Limitations Associated with



5.4.2 An Example of an Acute Toxicity Study on Fish . . .



t
PAGE
4-5

4-5
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-7
4-7

4-8
4-13
4-13 ^
5-1 "
5-1
5-1
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-5
5-5

5-8
5-10
5-10
5-11
5-14
5-14
5-14
6.0   EXTRAPOLATION OF TOXICOLOGICAL DATA FROM ANIMALS TO HUMANS  ...  6-1
                                                    f

                                                         continued-



                                    ii

-------
                                                                 & ft Systems, Jnc.
Table of Contents. - continued
                                                                         PAGE
      6.1   Selection of Appropriate Studies  	  6-1
      6.2   Conversion of Dose Levels	6-2
      6.3   Correction for Toxlcoklnetlc Differences  	  6-6
      6.4   High-Dose to Low-Dose Extrapolation 	  6-8

            6.A.I   Dose-Response Models	6-10
            6.4.2   Threshold Versus Nonthreshold Models  	  6-12
            6.4.3   Toxicokinetic Considerations in High-to-Lov Dose
                    Extrapolation 	  6-12

      6.5   Sources of Uncertainty	6-13

            6.5.1   Sources of Uncertainty in Extrapolation from
                    Animal Studies  	  6-13
            6.5.2   Sources of Uncertainty in Epidemiological
                    Studies	6-14

      6.6   Approaches to Dealing with Uncertainty  	  6-15
      6.7   Key Guidance and Implementation Documents	6-17
      6.8   Background References 	  6-17

7.0   EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT	7-1

      7.1   Collection of Occurrence Data	  7-1

            7.1.1   Site History	 . .  7-1
            7.1.2   Sampling and Analysis of Environmental Data ....  7-3
            7.1.3   Legal Requirements  	  7-10

      7.2   Identification and Analysis of Exposed Populations  ....  7-12

            7.2.1   Population Identification and Enumeration 	  7-13
            7.2.2   Population Characterization 	  7-13
            7.2.3   Activity Analysis 	  7-14
            7.2.4   Development of Exposure Coefficients  	  7-14
            7.2.5   Nonhuman Population Analyses  	  7-14

      7.3   Calculation of Exposure	7-16
      7.4   Estimation of Past Exposure	7-17
      7.5   Prediction of Future Exposure 	  7-18

            7.5.1   Environmental Stability 	  7-18
            7.5.2   Environmental Mobility	7-22
                                                            continued-
                                      ill

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JMC.
Table of Contents - continued
                                                                         PAGE

            7.5.3   Environmental Partitioning  	  7-25
            7.5.4.  Population Predictions  	  7-26

      7.6   Key Guidance and Implementation Documents	7-26
      7.7   Background References	7-28

8.0   RISK ASSESSMENTS	8-1

      8.1   Risk Assessment Process	8-1

            8.1.1   lexicological Evaluation  	  8-2
            8.1.2   Dose-Response Evaluation  . . . .'	8-2
            8.1.3   Exposure Assessment	8-2
            8.1.4   Risk Characterization	8-4

      8.2   Risk Characterization at Hazardous Waste Sites	8-4

            8.2.1   Characterization of Noncarcinogenic Risks 	  8-4
            8.2.2   Characterization of Carcinogenic Risks  	  8-5

      8.3   Application of Risk Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites . .  8-6
      8.4   Key Guidance and Implementation Documents 	  8-6
      8.5   Background References	8-7

9.0   SUMMARY OF TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ON DIOXINS AND FURANS  ...  9-1

      9.1   Chemical Properties and Environmental Stability 	  9-1
      9.2   Summary of Health Effects Data	9-2

            9.2.1   Noncarcinogenic Studies 	  9-2
            9.2.2   Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Studies  	  9-10

      9.3   Quantitative Indices of Toxicity  	  9-14

            9.3.1   Noncarcinogenic Effects 	  9-14
            9.3.2   Carcinogenic Effects  	  9-15

      9.4   Special Concerns  	  9-15
      9.5   References	9-15

10.0  SUMMARY OF TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ON TRICHLOROETHYLENE ....  10-1

      10.1  Chemical Properties and Environmental Stability 	  10-1
      10.2  Summary of Health Effects Data	10-1


                                                            contlnued-
                                      iv

-------
                                                                 Jttfe Systems, Jnc.
Table of Contents - continued
                                                                         PAGE

            10.2.1  Noncarcinogenic Studies 	   10-2
            10.2.2  Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Studies  	   10-3

      10.3  Quantitative Indices of Toxicity  	   10-7

            10.3.1  Noncarcinogenic Effects 	  	   10-7
            10.3.2  Carcinogenic Effects  	   10-9

      10.4  Special Concerns  	   10-9
      10.5  References	10-9

11.0  SUMMARY OF TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ON LEAD	11-1

      11.1  Chemical Properties and Environmental Stability 	   11-1
      11.2  Summary of Health Effects Data	11-1

            11.2.1  Noncarcinogenic Studies 	   11-2
            11.2.2  Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Studies	   11-5

      11.3  Quantitative Indices of Toxicity  .	11-6
      11.4  Special Concerns  	   11-6
      11.5  References	11-7

SUBJECT INDEX 	   1-1

-------
                                                                 £ift Systems, Jnc.
                                LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE                                                                   PAGE

 ES-1     Overview of the Risk Assessment Process Applied to a
          Hazardous Waste Site	ES-2
 ES-2     Hypothetical Dose-Response Curve with a Threshold 	  ES-4
 ES-3     Hypothetical Dose-Response Curve with no Threshold  .....  ES-5
  2-1     Overview of the Risk Assessment Process Applied to a
          Hazardous Waste Site	2-2
  2-2     Examples of Mechanisms by Which Two Chemicals Alter a Cell
          Ular Function	2-4
  3-1     Hypothetical Dose-Response Curve  	  3-2
  3-2     Cellular Defense Mechanisms as a Basis for the Threshold
          Phenomenon	3-3
  3-3     Tissue Reserve as a Basis for the Threshold Phenomenon  . . .  3-4
  3-4     Hypothetical Dose-Response Curve (Logarithmic Scale) for
          Nitrite-Induced Hemoglobin Oxidation  	  3-7
  3-5     Hypothetical Relationship Between Risk and Dose for Chemicals
          with no Threshold	3-8
  3-6     Hypothetical Dose-Response Curve of Two Chemicals> A
          and B	3-11
  3-7     Hypothetical Dose-Response Curves for Chemicals with
          Beneficial and Adverse Effects  	  3-13
 .4-1     Factors Considered During Toxlcity Assessments  	 .  4-2
  5-1     Design of Typical Retrospective (Case-Control) Study  ....  5-6
  5-2     Design of Typical Prospective (Cohort) Study  	  5-7
  5-3     Design of Typical Prevalence (Cross-Sectional) Study  ....  5-9
  6-1     Illustration of Different Possible Shapes of the Dose-
          Response Curve in the Low Dose Range	6-9
  6-2     Dose-Response Curve Extrapolations by Six Mathematical
          Models	6-11
  8rl     Risk Assessment Process at Hazardous Wastes Sites ......  8-3
                                      vi

-------
                                                                 Oft Systems, Jnc.
                                LIST 0? TABLES
TABLE                                                                    PAGE

 3-1      Hypothetical Results of an Experiment to Define a Dose-
          Response Curve for Nitrite-Induced Hemoglobin Oxidation . . .  3-6
 3-2      Quantitative Indices Derived from Dose-Response Curves  ...  3-10
 4-1      Measurement of Common Toxicological Endpoints 	  4-9
 5-1      Typical Testing Protocols in Animals  	  5-2
 5-2      Ecotoxicological Tests for Which EPA has Developed
          Guidelines	5-12
 6-1      Statistical Terms and Their Use 	  6-3
 6-2      Statistical Analysis of Hypothetical Data 	  6-4
 6-3      Comparison of Dose Conversions Using Surface Area and Weight
          Equivalence	6-5
 6-4      Dose Conversion Factors	,	6-7
 6-5      Guidelines for Selection of Uncertainty Factors 	  6-16
 7-1      Checklist of Important Site History Information 	  7-2
 7-2      Chemicals Frequently Occurring at Hazardous Waste Sites for
          Which Sampling. Data May be Required	,  7-4
 7-3      Standard Intake Assumptions for Humans  	  7-15
 7-4      Physical and Chemical Properties That May Influence
          Environmental Fate	7-19
 7-5      Site Characteristics That May Influence Environmental
          Fate	7-20
 7-6      Environmental Persistence of-Some Compounds That May Occur at
          Hazardous Waste Sites 	  7-23
 9-1      Acute Toxicities of Various Chlorodioxins by Oral
          Exposure	9-3
 9-2      Acute Lethality of TCDD	9-4
 9-3      Effects of TCDD in Animals Following Acute Exposure	9-5
 9-4      Effects of TCDF in Animals Following Acute Exposure 	  9-7
 9-5      NOAEL and LOAEL Values Obtained from Subchronic and Chronic
          Oral Toxicity Studies of 2,3,7,8-TCDD 	  9-8
 9-6  .    Summary of Carcinogenic Effects of TCDD	9-12
10-1      Carcinogenicity of TCE	10-4
10-2      Risk Estimates for TCE	10-8
                                      vii

-------
                                                   &{t Systems, JHC.
                     LIST OF ACRONYMS
ACGIH     American Conference of Governmental
          Industrial Hygienists
ADI       Acceptable Daily Intake
AL        Acceptable Level
ALA       Delta-Aminolevulinic Acid
ALA-D     Delta-Aminolevulinic Acid Dehydratase
CAS       Chemical Abstract Service
CDC       Centers for Disease Control
CERCLA   Comprehensive Environmental Response,
          Compensation and Liability Act of  1980
CHO       Chinese Hamster Ovary
CNS       Central Nervous System
DNA       Deoxyribonuclelc Acid
EC        Effective Concentration
ED        Effective Dose
EEC       Electroencephalogram
EL        Exposure Level
EPA       United States Environmental Protection
          Agency
FDA       U.S. Food and Drug Administration
FEL       Frank Effect Level
FR        Federal Register
IARC     International Agency for Research  on
          Cancer
ICAIR     Interdisciplinary Planning and Information
          Research
HI        Hazard Index
IQ        Intelligence Quotient
IRCP     International Commission on Radiological
          Protection
•LC        Lethal Concentration
LD        Lethal Dose
LQAEL     Lowest Observed Adverse Effect Level
LOEL     Lowest Observed Effect Level
MATC     Maximum Allowable Toxicant Concentration
MCL       Maximum Contaminant Level
MID       Maximum Tolerated Dose
HAS       National Academy of Science
NCI       National Cancer Institute
NCV       Nerve Conduction Velocity
NHANES   National Health and Nutrition Examination
          Survey
NIOSH     National Institute of Occupational Safety
          and Health
NOAEL     No Observed Adverse Effect Level
NOEL     No Observed Effect Level
                                           continued-
                       vlil

-------
                                                                 J&fe Systems, JHC.
List of Acronyms - continued
               NTP       National Toxicology Program
               OERR      Office of Emergency and Remedial Response
               OSW       Office of Solid Waste
               OWPE      Office of -Waste Programs Enforcement
               PCDF      Polychlorinated-dibenzofuran
               PND       Post Natal Day
               QA        Quality Assurance
               QC        Quality Control
               RCRA      Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
                         1976
               SD        Standard Deviation
               SEM       Standard Error of the Means
               SNARL,     Suggested No Adverse Response Level
               STEL      Short-Term Exposure Limit
               SW        Slow Wave
               TI        Therapeutic Index
               TC        Toxic Concentration
               TCDD      Tetrachlorodlbenzo-p-dloxln
               TCDF      Tetrachlorodibenzo-furan
               TD        Toxic Dose
               TLV       Threshold Limit Value
               VSD       Virtually Safe Dose
               WHO       World Health Organization
                                      ix

-------

-------
                                                                   &fe Systems, JHC.
                                   GLOSSARY
Abiotic - Nonliving, especially the nonliving elements in ecological systems.

Absorbed dose - The amount of a chemical that enters the body of an exposed
     organism.                        *

Absorption - The uptake of water or dissolved chemicals by a cell or an
     organism.

Absorption factor - The fraction of a chemical making contact with an organism
     that is absorbed by the organism.

Active transport - An energy-expending mechanslm by which a cell moves a
     chemical across the cell membrane from a point of lower concentration to
     a point of higher concentration, against the diffusion gradient.

Acute - Occurring over a short period of time; used to describe brief
     exposures and effects which appear promptly after exposure.

Additive Effect - Combined effect of two or more chemicals equal to the sum
     of their individual effects.

Adsorption - The process by which chemicals are held on the surface of a
     mineral or soil particle.  Compare with absorption.

Ambient - Environmental or surrounding conditions.

Animal studies - Investigations using animals as surrogates for humans, on the
     expectation that results in animals are pertinent to humans.

Antagonism - Interference or inhibition of the effect of one chemical by the
     action of another chemical.

Assay - A test for a particular chemical or effect.

Background level - Normal ambient environmental concentration of a chemical.

Bias - An inadequacy in experimental design that leads to results or
     conclusions not representative of the population under study.

Bioaccumulation - The retention and concentration of a substance by an
     organism.

Bioassay - Test which determines the effect of a chemical on a living
     organism.

Bioconcentration - The accumulation of a chemical in tissues of an organism
     (such as fish) to levels that are greater than the level in the medium
     (such as water) in which the organism resides (see bioaccumulation).

-------
                                                                   & ft SystemsJnc.
Blodegradation - Decomposition of a subaCane*  into more  elementary  compounds
     by  the action of microorganisms  such  as bacteria.

Biomagnification - The  serial accumulation of  a  chemical by  organisms  in the
     food chain, with higher concentrations of the substance in  each
     succeeding trophic level.
                                         •

Biotransformation - Conversion of a substance  into other compounds  by
     organisms; includes biodegradation.

Cancer - A disease characterized by the rapid  and uncontrolled growth  of
     aberrent cells into malignant tumors.

Carcinogen - A chemical which causes  or induces  cancer.

CAS registration number - A number assigned by the Chemical  Abstracts  Service
     to  identify a chemical.

Central  nervous system  - Portion of the nervous  system which consists  of the
     brain and spinal cord; CHS.

Chromosome - Rodlike structure in the nucleus  of a cell  that forms  during
     mitosis; composed  of DNA and protein; chromosomes contain the  genes
     responsible for heredity.

Chronic  - Occurring over a  long period of  tine,  either continuously or
     intermittently; used to describe ongoing  exposures  and  effects that
     develop only after a long exposure.

Chronic  exposure - Long-term, low level exposure to a toxic  chemical.

Clinical studies - Studies  of humans  suffering from symptoms induced by
     chemical exposure.

Confounding factors - Variables other than chemical exposure level  which can
     affect the incidence or degree of a parameter being measured.

Cost/benefit analysis - A quantitative evaluation of the costs which would be
     incurred versus the overall benefits  to society of  a proposed  action such
     as  the establishment of an acceptable dose  of a toxic chemical.

Cumulative exposure - The summation of exposures of an organism  to  a chemical
     over a period of time.

Degradation - Chemical  or biological  breakdown of a complex  compound into
     simpler compounds.

Demography - The study  of the characteristics  of human populations  such  as
     size, growth, density, distribution and vital statistics.

.Dermal - Of the skin; through or by the skin.
                                       xi

-------
                                                                   J&fe Systems. Jnc.
Dermal exposure - Contact between a chemical and the skin.

Diffusion - The movement of suspended or dissolved particles from a more
     concentrated to a less concentrated region as a result of the random
     movement of individual particles; the process tends to distribute them
     uniformly throughout the available volume.

Dose - The quantity of a chemical to which an organism is exposed.  (See
     absorbed dose.)

Dose-response - A quantitative relationship between the dose of a chemical and
     an effect caused by the chemical.

Dose-response curve - A graphical presentation of the relationship between
     degree of exposure to a chemical (dose) and observed biological effect or
     response.

Ecology - The study of the interrelationships between living organisms and
     their environment, both physical and biological.

Ecosystem - The interacting system of a biological community and its nonliving
     environment.

Ecotoxicological studies - Measurement of effects of environmental toxicants
     on indigenous populations of organisms.

Endangerment assessment - A site-specific risk assessment of the actual or
     potential danger to human health or welfare and the environment from the
     release of hazardous substances or waste.  The endangerment assessment
     document is prepared in support of enforcement actions under CERCLA or RCRA.

Endpoint - A biological effect used as an index of the effect of a chemical on
     an organism.

Environmental fate - The destiny of a chemical after release to the
     environment; involves considerations such as transport through air, soil
     and water, bioconcentration, degradation, etc.

Enzyme - A protein, synthesized by a cell, that acts as a catalyst in a
     specific chemical reaction.

Epidemiclogical studies - Investigation of elements contributing to disease or
     toxic effects in human populations.

Exposure - Contact with a chemical or physical agent.

Exposure assessment - The determination or estimation (qualitative or quanti-
     tative) of the magnitude, frequency, duration, route, and extent (number
     of people) of exposure to a chemical.

Exposure coefficient - Term which combines information on the frequency, mode,
     and magnitude of contact with contaminated medium to yield a quantitative
     value of the amount of contaminated medium contacted per day.
                                      xii

-------
                                                                   tift Systems, Jnc.
Exposure level, chemical - Th« amount (concentration) of a chemical at the
     absorptive surfaces of an organism.

Exposure scenario - A set of conditions or assumptions about sources* exposure
     pathways, concentrations of toxic chemicals and populations (numbers,
     characteristics and habits) which aid the investigator in evaluating and
     quantifying exposure in a given situation.

Extrapolation - Estimation of unknown values by extending or projecting from
     known values.

Half-life - The length of time required for the mass, concentration, or
     activity of a chemical or physical agent to be reduced by one-half.

Hematopoiesls - The production of blood and blood cells; hemopoiesis.

Hepatic - Pertaining to the liver.

Hepatoma - A malignant tumor occurring in the liver.

Histology - The study of the structure of cells and tissues; usually
     involves microscopic examination of tissue slices.

Homeostasis - Maintenance of a constant internal environment in an organism.

Hormone - A chemical substance secreted in one part of an organism and
     transported to another part of that organism where is has a specific
     effect.

Human equivalent dose - A dose which, when administered to humans, produces an
     effect equal to that produced by a dose in animals.

Hydrology - The study of the properties, distribution, behavior and effects
     of water on the earth's surface, in the soil and underlying rocks and in
     the atmosphere.

Hydrolysis - The breakdown of a chemical into two parts concomitant with
     addition of the elements of water (H- and OH-) to the products.

Hypoxla - A deficiency of oxygen.

Intake - Amount of material inhaled, ingested, or absorbed dermally during a
     specified period of time.

Integrated exposure assessment - A summation over time, in all media, of the
     magnitude of exposure to a toxic chemical.

In vitro studies - Studies of chemical effects conducted in tissues, cells or
     subcellular extracts from an organism (i.e., not in the living organism).
                                     xiii

-------
                                                                   Jdfc Systems, Jnc.
In vivo studies - Studies of chemical effects conducted in intact living
     organisms.

Irreversible effect - Effect characterized by the inability of the body to
     partially or fully repair injury caused by a toxic agent.

Latency - Time from the first exposure to a chemical until the appearance of a
     toxic effect.

LC.Q - The concentration of a chemical in air or water which is
     expected to cause death in 50 percent of test animals living in that air
     or water.

LD.Q - The dose of a chemical taken by mouth or absorbed by the skin
     which is expected to cause death in 50 percent of the test animals so
     treated.

LOAEL - Lowest-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level; the lowest dose in an experiment
     which produced an observable adverse effect.

Materials balance - An accounting of the mass flow of a substance from sources
     of production, through distribution and use, to disposal or distribution,
     and including any releases to the environment.

Metabolism - The sum of the chemical reactions occurring within a cell or a
     whole organism; include the energy-releasing breakdown of molecules
     (catabolism) and the synthesis of new molecules (anabolism).

Metabolite - Any product of metabolism, especially a transformed chemical.

Modeling - Use of mathematical equations to simulate and predict real events
     and processes.

Monitoring - Measuring concentrations of substances in environmental media or
     in.human or other biological tissues.

Mutagen - An agent that causes a permanent genetic change in a cell other than
     that which occurs during normal genetic recombination.

Mutagenicity - The capacity of a chemical or physical agent  to cause
     permanent alteration of the genetic material within living cells.

Necrosis - Death of cells or tissue.

NOAEL - No-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level; the highest dose in an experiment
     which did not produce an observable adverse effect.

Oncology - Study of cancer.

Oral - Of the mouth; through or by the mouth.
                                      xiv

-------
                                                                   Jtife Systems, ]nc.
Pathogen - Any disease-causing agent, usually applied to living agents.

Pathogenic - Causing or capable of causing disease.

Pathology - The study of disease.

Permissible dose - The dose of a chemical that nay be received by an
     individual without the expectation of significantly harmful result.

Pharmacokinetics - The dynamic behavior of chemicals inside biological
     systems; it includes the processes of uptake, distribution, metabolism,
     and excretion.

Population at risk - A population subgroup that is more likely to be exposed
     to a chemical, or is more sensitive to a chemical, than is the general
     population.

Potentiation - The effect of one chemical to Increase the effect of another
     chemical.

Prevalence study - An epidemiclogical study which examines the relationships
     between diseases and exposures as they exist in a defined population at a
     particular point in time.

Prospective study - An epidemiological study which examines the development of
     disease in a group of persons determined to be presently free of the
     disease.

Qualitative - Descriptive of kind, type or direction, as opposed to size,
     magnitude or degree.

Quantitative - Descriptive of size, magnitude or degree.

Receptor - (1) In biochemistry: a specialized molecule in a cell that binds a
     specific chemical with high specificity and high affinity; (2) In
     exposure assessment: an organism that receives, may receive, or has
     received environmental exposure to a chemical.

Renal - Pertaining to the kidney.

Reservoir - A tissue in an organism or a place in the environment where a
     chemical accumulates, from which it may be released at a later time.

Retrospective study - An epidemiological study which compares diseased persons
     with non-diseased persons and works back in time to determine exposures.

Reversible effect - An effect which is not permanent, especially adverse
     effects which diminish when exposure to a toxic chemical is ceased.

Risk - The potential for realization of unwanted negative consequences or
     events.
                                      xv

-------
                                                                           £ife Systems, Jnc.
v.       Risk assessment * A qualitative or quantitative evaluation of the environ-
              mental and/or health risk resulting from exposure to a chemical or phys-
              ical agent (pollutant); combines exposure assessment results with toxi-
              city assessment results to estimate risk.

         Risk estimate - A description of the probability that organisms exposed to a
              specified dose of chemical will develop an adverse response (e.g.,
              cancer).

         Risk factor - Characteristic (e.g.* race, sex, age,  obesity) or variable
              (e.g., smoking, occupational exposure level) associated with increased
              probability of a toxic effect.

         Risk specific dose - The dose associated with a specified risk level.

         Route of exposure - The avenue by which a chemical comes into contact with an
              organism (e.g., inhalation, ingestion, dermal contact, injection).

         Sink - A place in the environment where a compound or material collects (see
              reservoir).

         Sorption - A surface phenomenon which may be either absorption or adsorption,
              or a combination of the two; often used when the specific mechanism is
              not known.

         Stochastic - Based on the assumption that the actions of a chemical substance
              result from probabilistic events.

         Stratification - (1) The division of a population into subpopulations for
              sampling purposes; (2) the separation of environmental media into layers,
              as in lakes.

         Subchronic - Of intermediate duration, usually used to describe studies or
              levels of exposure between five and 90 days.

         Synergism - An interaction of two or more chemicals that results in an effect
              chat is greater than the sum of their effects taken independently.

         Systemic - Relating to whole body, rather than its individual parts.

         Teratogenesis - The induction of structural or functional development
              abnormalities by exogenous factors acting during gestation; interference
              with normal embryonic development.

         Teratogenicity - The capacity of a physical or chemical agent to cause non-
              hereditary congenital malformations (birth defects) in offspring.

         Therapeutic Index - The ratio of the dose required to produce toxic or lethal
              effect to dose required to produce non-adverse or therapeutic response.
                                               xvi

-------
                             Jttfe Systems, Jnc.
                                              t
Threshold - The lowest dose of a chemical at which a specified measurable
     effect is observed and below which it is not observed.

Time-Weighted Average - The average value of a parameter (e.g., concentration
     of a chemical in air) that varies over time.

Tissue - A group of similar cells.

Toxicant - A harmful substance or agent that may injure an exposed organism.

Toxicity - The quality or degree of being poisonous or harmful to plant,
     animal or human life.

Toxicity Assessment - Characterization of the toxicological properties and
     effects of a chemical, including all aspects of its absorption,
     metabolism, excretion and mechanism of action, with special emphasis on
     establishment of dose-response characteristics.

Transformation - Acquisition by a cell of the property of uncontrolled growth.

Uncertainty Factor - A number (equal to or greater than one) used to divide
     NOAEL or LOAEL values derived from measurements in animals or small
     groups of humans, in order to estimate a NOAEL value for the whole human
     population.
xvil

-------
                                                                   Jjft Systems, Jnc.
                               EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.0       INTRODUCTION

Risk assessment is the process of characterizing the risk either to human
health or to the environment as the result of chemical releases into the
environment from some specific site (such as a factory or waste storage
facility).  The process of collecting and interpreting the information needed
to perform a risk assessment consists of two main branches:  toxiclty assess-
ment (characterization of the inherent toxicity of a chemical) and exposure
assessment (determination of how much of the chemical is coming into contact
with humans or other species).  Figure ES-1 is a generalized scheme that
provides an overview of the risk assessment process and illustrates some of
the major elements involved.

Examination of Figure ES-1 makes clear that risk assessment requires the
interaction and cooperation of scientists from a variety of disciplines,
including geology* hydrology* meteorology, ecology, biochemistry, chemistry
and toxicology.  This handbook is intended to provide a description of the
toxicity assessment process in a way that is useful to non-toxicologists.

2.0       FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN TOXICOLOGY

Living organisms are composed of cells, and all cells must carry out a large
number of chemical reactions in order to maintain themselves -and perform their
functions.  Introduction of a foreign chemical into a cell may interfere with
one or more of these cellular reactions, leading to impaired cell function or
viability.

Toxicology is the study of how specific chemicals cause injury to living cells
and whole organisms.  Studies are performed to determine how easily the
chemical enters the organism, how it behaves inside the organism, how rapidly
it is removed from the organism, what cells are affected by the chemical and
what cell functions are impaired.  With respect to the risk assessment process,
the ultimate goal is usually to derive a reliable estimate of the amount of
chemical exposure which is considered acceptable for humans or other
organisms.  It is important to recognize that, for many chemicals, current
toxicological knowledge is insufficient to answer this question with
assurance.

3.0       DOSE-RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS

The relationship between degree of exposure to a chemical (dose) and the
magnitude of chemical-induced effects (response) is described by a dose-
response curve.  In general, dose-response curves fall into two groups:  those
in which no response is observed until some minimum (threshold) dose is
reached, and those in which no threshold is apparent.

A hypothetical dose-response curve with a threshold is shown in Figure ES-2.
The most Important part of this curve is the dose at which significant effects
first begin to occur.  The highest dose which does not produce an observable
adverse effect is the No-Observed-Adverse-Effect-Level (NOAEL), and the lowest
                                     ES-1

-------
     TOXJCTTY ASSESSMENT
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT
nMMICn
• •itiBial f*n 1 if • ••» t nlfi nl n«l
MWIwi CptuQiTUOtOylCV
^M|»»|it»| f nr>J nulnftln rat r»t»l
wlliilCBi COPvOJtlCOlOQHjBI
\

Hazardous Waste
Disposal Problem

\Mtrn
DOM SpsclBB
DunUon Eftaets
Route Quality




Site Characteristics
Geology, Hydrology,
Meterolbgy, Types and
Amounts of Cnemicals,
Means of Storage

Quantitative Indices
NOAEL TO,,
LOAEL TO*,


Unoartahity/
Margin of SaMy




1
Sampling/Analysis
Cnemicals
Concentrations
Distributions
i

Affflctod Populations

Humarv Plant, Animal


Toxic Level




Exposure Level

4
RISK
ASSESSMENT

                                                   J&fe Systems, Jnc.
FIGURE ES-1  OVERVIEW OF THE RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS
          APPLIED TO A HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE
                        ES-2

-------
                                                                   Jdfe Systems, JHC.
dose which produces an observable adverse effect is the Lowest-Observed-
Adverse-Effect-Level (LOAEL).  With respect to the toxicity assessment
process, identification of these points is a primary objective of the
toxicologist.  Other useful points are the TD_Q (the dose which produces 50Z
of the maximum toxic effect or produces the toxic effect in 502 of the exposed
organisms) and the TD.QQ (the lowest dose which prpduces the maximum toxic
effect or produces the toxic effect in all exposed organisms).

An example of a dose-response curve that does not have a threshold is shown in
Figure ES-3.  For chemicals of this sort* there is no dose that is free of
risk, but as the dose decreases to low levels, so does the probability that
the effect will occur.  Cancer is an adverse response that is believed to have
no observable threshold.  For these types of chemicals, selection of a "safe"
exposure limit is made on the basis of what risk level is acceptable to
society.

4.0       IMPORTANT PARAMETERS IN TOXICITY ASSESSMENT

Even under controlled laboratory conditions, it is not always simple to obtain
reliable and useful dose-response data.  There are a number of important
variables which determine the characteristics of dose-response curves and must
be considered in performing toxicity tests and interpreting toxicity data.  The
most Important of these variables are discussed below.

4.1       Route of Exposure

The toxicity of some chemicals depends on whether the route of exposure is by
ingestion, inhalation or dermal contact.  In addition, there may be local
responses at the absorption site (gastrointestinal tract, lungs, skin), since
the concentration of the chemical is highest at that location.  The route of
exposure employed in experimental animal studies is normally selected based on
the anticipated route of exposure of humans to the specific chemical.

4.2       Duration/Frequency of Exposure

The toxicity of many chemicals depends not only on dose (the amount of
chemical contacted or absorbed each day) but also on the length of exposure
(number of days, weeks or years).  This is especially true for chemicals which
produce irreversible injuries to cells or tissues.  Thus, brief exposure to a
low dose of such a chemical may produce so little damage that no significant
injury occurs, but continued exposure will result in an accumulation of damage
that eventually becomes apparent as a significant injury.  For this reason, a
full toxicological evaluation of any chemical must include consideration of
the time-dependence of any adverse effects that occur.  Typically, studies
focus on acute (one-day), subchronic (roughly 5 to 90 days) and chronic
(lifetime) exposures.

4.3       Test Species

For obvious reasons, laboratory investigations of chemical toxicity employ
animals as test species.  Unfortunately, not all animal species are equally
                                     ES-3

-------

                                                                 tife Systems, Jnc.
100--
 75
 50
 25
       NOAEL
              LOAEL
                                                IDs,
                                3              10
                      Dose, Arbitrary Units (Logarithmic Scale)
30
      FIGURE ES-2  HYPOTHETICAL DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE WITH A THRESHOLD
                                    ES-4

-------
                                                             J&fe Systems, JHC.
   io-r-
9  10-*

75
o
CO
£

I


I  ™-3
   10
     -4
CO
   10
     -
   10
     -e
       —V
                10-5       10'4       10'3        10~2


                     Dose, Arbitrary Units (Logarithmic Scale)
                                                              ,1
10
  -1
       FIGURE ES-3  HYPOTHETICAL DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE WITH NO THRESHOLD
                                  ES-5

-------
                XZms.-sHM.vzjn.~s-xi'.-Jf.'n^r^rrr-
                                                                   &{c Systems, Jnc.
sensitive to the toxic effects of chemicals, and information which  is  obtained
in some animals may not be directly relevant to humans.  This  is often a
result of differences among species with respect to absorption, excretion or
metabolism of a chemical, although other factors (e.g., genetic
susceptibility) may also be Involved.  It is for this reason that thorough
toxicity assessments involve studies with several species of animals.

4.4       Individual Characteristics

Individual members of a population (especially humans) are not identical  and
usually do not respond identically to equal exposures to a chemical.   This
variation has two elements:  variation among subgroups of the  population  as  a
function of age, race or sex, and variation between individuals within a
subgroup (e.g., white males aged 20 to 30 years).  Whether the reasons for
these variations are understood or not, it is Important to identify any
subgroups that may have greater sensitivity to a chemical than the  general
population.

4.5       Toxicological Endpoints

When a chemical is given to a test animal, it is often possible to  detect and
measure a number of changes in the animal*  Those changes which are used  by
the toxicologist as an index of the chemical's toxicity are called  "end-
points."  Some commonly measured endpoints are carcinogenicity, hepato-
toxicity, mutagenlcity, neurotoxicity, renal toxicity, reproductive and fetal
toxicity and teratogenicity.  One of the most important parts  of any toxicity
study is selection of the best endpoint to monitor.  Usually the endpoint
which is most sensitive (i.e., the parameter in which a measurable  change
first occurs as dose levels increase) is judged to be most appropriate as an
index of toxicity.  For example, a study measuring a sensitive biochemical
indicator of early liver injury is more valuable than a study  measuring only
gross injury (necrosis or cirrhosis) to the liver.

5.0       TYPICAL PROTOCOLS USED IN TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES

A typical experiment designed to determine the dose-response curve  for a
chemical might involve giving six groups of animals a series of increasing
doses of the chemical (e.g., 0, 1, 3, 10, 30 or 100 mg/kg) and measuring  the
magnitude or frequency of the response at each dose level.

A well-performed experiment of this sort may be sufficient to  describe the
shape of the dose-response curve for a particular test species.  However, as
discussed above, results In one species are not always directly applicable to
humans or other species.  Thus, any data which help to define  a dose-response
curve directly in humans are especially valuable.  One source  of human data  is
clinical experience with patients seeking medical attention for health
problems resulting from exposure to chemicals.  While this is  useful in
identifying toxic effects in humans, quantitative information  on the amount  of
chemical causing the effects is usually not known.  Moreover,  even  when the
exposure is known, it is generally high on the dose-response curve  and is not
of direct help in defining the NOAEL in humans.
                                      ES-6

-------
                                                                   tife Systems, Jnc.
 A second  source of  data  in humans  is  epidemiologies!  studies.   An epidemic-
 logical study usually  seeks  to  determine whether  a particular  health effect is
 associated with exposure to  a certain chemical.   Typically,  incidence of the
 health effect is  compared between  two groups of humans,  one  group known to be
 exposed to the chemical  at a higher level  than the other.  These  studies are
 often difficult to  analyze due  to  interference by confounding  variables such
 as age, weight, diet,  smoking,  etc.,  which may also be related to the health
 effect under study.  Even when  meaningful  associations are established,
 epidemiological studies  rarely  supply dose-response information.   It is
 precisely because of the difficulty in obtaining  useful  dose-response data in
 humans that experiments  in animals are so  important in toxicity assessments.

 Contamination of  the environment with a toxic chemical may threaten  not only
 humans but wildlife and  plants  as  well.  Assessment of the toxic  effects of
 chemicals on fish,  terrestrial  animals and plants is  performed in much the
 same way  as for laboratory animals.   Representative species  are exposed to
 various doses or  exposure levels of the chemical  for  varying lengths of time,
 and signs of adverse effects  are noted.  From data of this sort, it is possible
 to correlate concentrations of  the chemical in the environment to specific
 levels of risk to indigenous  flora and fauna.

 6.0       EXTRAPOLATION  OF TOXICOLOGICAL DATA FROM ANIMALS TO  HUMANS

 Since most toxicological data on a chemical are obtained from  studies in
 animals,  it is frequently necessary to extrapolate from results in animals to
 predicted results in humans in  order  to derive appropriate guidelines or
 standards regarding acceptable  human  exposure limits.

 6.1       Study Selection

 The initial step  in this  process is selection of  the most appropriate animal
 studies which have been performed.  Criteria for  selection of studies  include
 the use of appropriate endpoints,  optimal  analytical methods, proper experi-
mental design and correct  data  analysis.   Studies which provide a  clear
picture of dose-response  relationships are especially valuable in  estimating
no-effect dose levels.

6.2       Conversions and  Corrections

Once suitable studies have been identified, it is necessary to convert the
doses administered to the  animals  to equivalent doses in humans.  Since doses
are normally described in  terms of amount per unit weight (e.g., mg/kg), this
would be  simple if all animals were equally sensitive on this basis.   However,
it appears that a better correlation among different species  exists when dose
is expressed as amount per unit surface area (mg/m ),  and so  it is necessary
to make this correction.   Another correction which is desirable (if sufficient
data are  available)  is for differences between animals and humans in
absorption, metabolism or excretion rates of chemicals.
                                     ES-7

-------
                                                                   J&fc Systems, JHC.
6.3       High-Pose to Low-Pose Extrapolation

One of the most difficult problems in extrapolating data from animal studies
to expected results in humans concerns dose levels.  Most laboratory
experiments are performed at dose levels of the chemicals that produce clear,
easily measured responses in the test animals.  However, exposure to chemicals
in the environment often occurs at dose levels low enough that adverse effects
are not immediate or obvious.  Thus, it is necessary to extrapolate results
obtained at high doses to results expected at low doses.  This is especially
difficult in the case of a carcinogen.  In this case, extrapolation must span
a very large change in dose levels (four to six orders of magnitude).
Extrapolations are done mathematically by application of equations (models)
thought to describe the dose-response curve, but unfortunately, the shape of
the dose-response curve at low doses is not known with certainty.  The result
is that different models yield predictions about risk at low doses that may
differ by several orders of magnitude.

6.4       Dealing with Uncertainty

There are many sources of uncertainty inherent in biological research.  With
respect to the toxicity assessment process, the problems associated with
high-dose to low-dose extrapolation, inter-species extrapolation and variation
in the sensitivity of sub-groups and individuals have been mentioned above.
Because of the uncertainty created by these and other problems, it is general-
ly necessary and appropriate to include a "margin of safety" when establishing
a toxicity level.  For chemicals that appear to exhibit thresholds in the
dose-response curve (i.e., noncarcinogena), this is accomplished by dividing
the dose for which no adverse effect has been observed (the NOAEL) by an
appropriate uncertainty factor.  The basic philosophy behind the selection of
uncertainty factors is that when information is lacking and estimates must be
made, it is better to err on the low side (i.e., be conservative) than to run
the risk of setting too high a value.  A similar philosophy underlies the
means of dealing with uncertainty in estimating risk from chemicals considered
to be without thresholds (e.g.,* carcinogens).  A conservative model is used to
make dose extrapolations, and then the upper 95Z confidence limit of the
extrapolation is employed.  Taken together, this ensures that these risk
estimates will be highly conservative (i.e., they may be very low, but will
not be too high).

7.0       EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT

The second portion of the risk assessment process is the collection and
evaluation of data on the actual and potential exposure of humans and other
species to chemicals on or near the site.  As opposed to toxicity assessment,
which is performed primarily in the laboratory, exposure assessment involves a
detailed study of the specific site.  Specifically, the toxicologist needs
to know what chemicals are being released from the site into the environment,
what the pattern of chemical distribution is in and around the site and the
expected pattern of chemical distribution in the future.

7.1       Collection of Occurrence Data

The first step in answering these questions is collection of data regarding
the identities and concentrations of chemicals which occur in and around

                                     ES-8

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, JHC.
the sit*.  Consideration of the history of the site  (identity, amount and
means of storage of chemicals) often helps to focus  concern on one or two
specific chemicals known to he present.  However, since 1* 'ormatlon of  this
sort is sometimes incomplete or unreliable, it may he neci.^sary to test for a
variety of pollutants.  In order to provide an adequate description of  the
distribution of chemicals in the environment, samples of air, soil, sediment,
surface water, groundwater and biota (e.g., fish, shellfish) should be
collected at the site and at a series of distances and directions from  the
site.  In some cases, mathematical models of chemical transport in air, water
or soil are used to calculate environmental concentrations of chemicals in
locations where they have not been or cannot be measured directly.

Since the results of the chemical analysis of environmental samples are
usually an essential part of any legal proceedings regarding the site,  it is
very important to follow strict scientific and legal procedures during
collection and analysis of the samples.

7.2       Identification of Exposed Organisms

No matter how toxic a chemical may be or how concentrated it may be in  the
environment, no Injury can occur to an organism if the chemical does not come
into contact with the organism.  For this reason, an essential part of  the
exposure assessment process is identification of organisms (humans and other
species) that live In or periodically enter the contaminated area.
Additional important information includes a description of how the organisms
come in contact with the chemical (inhalation, ingestion in water, dermal
contact, etc.) and how long they are exposed.

7.3       Calculation of Exposure

Given quantitative data on the concentration and distribution of chemicals in
and around the site, it is necessary to calculate the degree of exposure of
humans and of environmental organisms that come into contact with the
chemical.  For human exposure to a chemical in water, for example, this
calculation involves finding the product of the concentration in the water at
the location where the exposure occurs times the intake of water per day by
the exposed humans at that location.  If the absorption factor is known, the
absorbed dose can be calculated.  Similar calculations may be made for other
routes of exposure, and the total dose from all routes of exposure is found by
addition.

7.4       Estimation of Past and Future Exposure

A thorough risk assessment may require knowledge not only of present exposure,
but of past and future exposure as well.  Past exposure to some chemicals can
be estimated from measurements of the levels of the chemical in the body.
This is useful only for chemicals which tend to accumulate in the body.
Estimates of past or future exposure levels must usually be calculated,  based
on the expected movement and stability of the chemical in the environment.

Movement of a chemical is determined by the properties of the chemical and  the
geologic and climatic characteristics of the site.  For example,  if a
                                     ES-9

-------

                                                                 Jtife Systems, Jnc.
chemical is readily soluble and is found to occur primarily in groundwater,
the rate and direction of groundwater flow will be the principal controlling
force in chemical movement.  Conversely, if a chemical is strongly adsorbed to
surface soil* weather conditions controlling soil erosion (such as annual
rainfall and prevailing wind patterns) would be of chief concern.

Stability of a chemical in the environment is determined by the rate at which
it undergoes reactions.  Such reactions include microbial degradation,
photolysis, hydroloysis and reduction or oxidation.  Usually these reactions
decrease the amount and the toxicity of the chemicals, but some reactions
actually increase toxicity.

8.0       RISK ASSESSMENT

The final step in the risk assessment process is integration of the results of
the toxicity assessment process and the exposure assessment process.  In
simplest terms, what is required is a comparison of the exposure levels with
the levels believed to pose health risks.  For example, if the groundwater
being tapped by wells used for human consumption contains 50 Ug/L of
trichloroethylene, and a concentration of 5 yg/L of trichloroethylene is
believed to pose a risk of cancer (1/10 ), then the level of risk to humans
is 1/10 .  Conversely, if air levels of chloroform are 1 ppm, and levels of 10
ppm in air are considered to be safe, then no present risk exists.

In real life, risk assessment may not be quite so simple.  For example, there
may be significant (and legitimate) differences of opinion between scientists
regarding interpretation of key data on toxicity, predictions of chemical fate
or transport, etc.  In addition, when data is lacking and judgments must be
made, it is not uncommon that dissimilar conclusions may be reached by
different scientists, depending on the assumptions which are employed.

Thus, risk assessment involves a blend of scientific fact, judgment and common
sense.  Clearly, however, the keystone to a sound risk assessment is
collection of a sound, reliable and complete set of exposure data along with a
thorough toxicity assessment.

9.0       TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION SUMMARIES

The last three chapters of the handbook present summaries of the current
understanding of selected chemicals which occur at many hazardous waste sites:
dioxins and furans, trichloroethylene and lead.  These summaries contain a
greater level of technical detail, similar to that which a practicing
toxicologist would prepare.  For the nontoxicologist, they present both
specific information on frequently occurring chemicals and an opportunity to
apply the understanding obtained from the earlier chapters of the handbook.
                                     ES-10

-------
                                                                   £ife Systems, Jnc.
1.0       INTRODUCTION

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is responsible for investigat-
ing hazardous waste disposal sites under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response* Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA) and the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA).  The activities under CERCLA are
directed by the EPA Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR).  The
activities under RCRA are directed by the EPA Office of Solid Waste (OSW).
The EPA Office of Waste Programs Enforcement (OWPE) provides program manage-
ment for EPA solid waste and emergency/remedial response enforcement activi-
ties.  This handbook was prepared under the direction of OWPE.  All three
offices (OWPE, OERR and OSW) are directed by the EPA Assistant Administrator
for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

1.1       Purpose and Scope of the Toxicology Handbook
                                                                    •
Enforcement actions at hazardous waste sites require regional EPA personnel to
understand general toxicological principles and to be able to effectively
interact with toxicologists.  The purpose of this handbook is to explain to
non-toxicology-trained personnel those principles of toxicology relevant to
hazardous waste site investigations.  This handbook is not highly technical
and is intended to provide a working familiarity with relevant toxicological
principles.  It is not intended to teach a nontoxicolegist how to perform
hazard, exposure or risk assessments.  Sources of more detailed information
are provided in the handbook.  By understanding the principles of toxiclty,
exposure, risk and endangerment assessment processes and the relevant toxi-
cology of the chemicals of high concern presented in this handbook, regional
personnel will be better able to conduct the hazardous waste site investiga-
tions.  Better informed hazardous waste site investigations will result in
fewer problems in subsequent Federal activities such as litigation and
remedial actions.

1.2       Handbook Organization

The Toxicology Handbook is divided into eleven chapters in addition to an
executive summary and glossary in the front and an index at the back.   A
description of the contents of each chapter appears in section 2.0.  At the
conclusion of chapters four through eight, key guidance and implementation
documents are provided to direct the user to additional technical information.
Background references used in preparing chapters are listed at the end of each
chapter.
                                      1-1

-------
                                                                   & ft Systems, Jnc.
2.0       FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN TOXICOLOGY

Toxicology is Che study of how chemical substances, either natural or
man-made, cause undesirable effects in living organisms.  Knowledge derived
from toxicological studies has many applications, including the provision of
recommendations to public officials charged with the protection of human
health and the environment from hazardous substances.

Risk to human health and the environment from toxic chemicals is a matter of
grave concern to modern society.  Large amounts of hazardous substances have
been inadequately or improperly disposed of, and reports of toxic chemicals
entering air, water and food occur with alarming regularity.  However, simple
detection of a hazardous chemical in the environment is not necessarily cause
for alarm.  Indeed, modern chemical detection techniques are so sensitive that
it is possible to detect contaminants at very low levels.  Additionally,
nearly any chemical (including such common items as coffee, alcohol, salt,
even water) can produce adverse effects when consumed in high enough amounts.
Clearly, determination of the problems posed by a chemical detected in the
environment must involve an evaluation of how much of a chemical is present,
judged in terms of how toxic that chemical is.

The process of characterizing the inherent toxicity of a chemical is termed
toxlclty assessment.  This process involves determining what adverse effects
the chemical causes in exposed organisms, and how much of the chemical is
required to produce these effects.  The important concepts involved In
toxicity assessment are introduced in sections 2.1 through 2.3 of this chapter
and are explained in more detail in chapters 3.0 through 6.0 of this handbook.

The process of determining how much of a chemical is in the environment and
may come into contact with humans or other organisms is termed exposure
assessment.  The Important concepts in this process are introduced in
section 2.4 of this chapter and described in more detail in chapter 7.0.

The process of integrating available information on the inherent toxicity of a
chemical with information on how much of a chemical may make contact with
exposed organisms is termed risk assessment.  A description of the main
elements in this process, especially as they are performed at hazardous waste
sites, is contained in chapter 8.0.  Figure 2-1 provides an overview of the
risk assessment process.

Chapters 9.0 through 11.0 provide detailed summaries of toxicological
information on chemicals of common concern at hazardous waste sites:  dioxin
(and furan), trichloroethylene and lead.

2.1       Mechanisms of Chemical Toxlclty
                      !
All living organisms are composed of cells.  In humans and other higher
organisms, nearly all cells are specialized to perform some specific function
to benefit the entire organism.  For example, muscle cells are specialized to
perform motion, retinal cells are specialized to detect light and red blood
cells are specialized to carry oxygen.  In addition to these specialized
                                      2-1

-------
                                                   J&fe Systems, Jnc.
     TOXJCTTY ASSESSMENT
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT
noooanih
Clinical Ecotoxtcotogicat
i

Hazardous Waste
Disposal Problem
( ,
Data
Dose Species
Duration Effects
Route Quality



Site Characteristics
Amounts of Cnemicals,
Means of Storage
,
Quantitative Indices
NOAEL TDW
LOAEL TD*,


Uncertainty/
Margin of Safety


Toxic Level





Sampling/Analysis
Concentrations
Distributions
<
Affected Populations
Human, Plant, Animal
Intake Assumptions

Exposure Laval

4
RISK
ASSESSMEI

«•
•
FIGURE 2-1  OVERVIEW OF THE RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS
         APPLIED TO A HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE
                       2-2

-------
                                                                   & ft Systems,
functions, all cells mast perform certain basic functions, such as generating
the energy they need and maintaining and repairing themselves.  All of these
specialized and basic functions are the direct result of chemical reactions
which occur in the cells.  It is essential to the proper functioning of a cell
that all of the chemical reactions occurring within it proceed at the proper
rate; any significant increase or decrease in even one key reaction may lead
to failure of the cell.

In view of the large number of chemical reactions that are occurring in all
cells at all times, and the importance that these reactions not be disturbed,
it is perhaps not surprising that introduction of a foreign chemical into a
cell may result in adverse effects.  Different types of chemicals may disturb
cellular chemical reactions by different means.  Some chemicals may react with
key cellular molecules, thereby changing their properties, damaging them or
rendering them ineffective.  Other chemicals may substitute for normal body
chemicals, leading to formation of unusual new products, which may be more or
less toxic than the original chemicals, and preventing formation of normal
products.

Figure 2-2 summarizes two simple examples of these sorts of toxic mechanisms.
Red blood cells contain hemoglobin (tib), a chemical specialized for the
binding and release of oxygen molecules (CO.  Carbon monoxide (CO) is a
chemical that is sufficiently similar to oxygen that it may substitute for
oxygen and bind with hemoglobin.  Hemoglobin molecules which bind a molecule
of carbon monoxide are thus rendered unable to carry their normal product
(oxygen), and death may result from oxygen starvation of the cells.  Nitrite
(NO. ) is a chemical that has a similar result, but involves a different
mecnanism.  Hemoglobin contains one atom-of iron, and this is in a particular
form (termed ferrous ion, written as Fe  ).  Nitrite reacts with this ferrous
ion, changing it to ferric ion (Fe  ).  This change completely destroys the
ability of hemoglobin to carry oxygen and, as with carbon monoxide, death may
ensue from oxygen starvation at the cellular level.

Ultimately, the toxic effects of any chemical must'be due to its interference
with some important cellular reaction, but the details will vary with each
individual chemical.

-2.2       Essential Toxicological Information

A full understanding of the toxicological effects of a chemical requires
detailed investigation of a number of aspects of how a chemical behaves in an
organism, including:

     e  Absorption - How readily does the chemical enter the organism through
        the skin, stomach or lungs?

     •  Distribution - What cells of the organism does the chemical enter?  Do
        some cells take up more than others?

     •  Excretion - How rapidly does the organism get rid of the chemical?
        Does it tend to accumulate in the organism over long periods?
                                      2-3

-------
                                                                    tife Systems, JHC.
             Normal Cell Reaction

                                     Lungs
                         O2 + Hb .«
                                    Tissues
             Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
                                                02
                        Lung                     v
      CO + Hb	»• Hb-CO	^	#	»• HtK32
Nitrite Poisoning
                                       Oz

                                 *        ^
NQ2-+ HIKFe2*
                               Hb   = Hemoglobin
                               02   = Oxygen
                               CO   = Carbon Monoxide
                               NOi  = Nitrite Ion
                               NOi  = Nitrate Ion
                               Fe**  = Ferrous Ion
                               Fe3*  = Ferric Ion
               FIGURE 2-2   EXAMPLES OF MECHANISMS BT WHICH TWO
                     CHEMICALS ALTER A CELLULAR FUNCTION
                                      2-4

-------
                                                                  &fc Systems, Jnc.
     •  Toxic Effects - What ar« the toxic effects that occur  in  an organism
        exposed to the chemical?  What cells are injured?  Are the  effects
        permanent?

     e  Sensitive Populations - Does the toxicity of the chemical depend on
        age, sex or race?  If so, why?  What is the most sensitive  sub-group?

     e  Mechanism - What chemical reactions are altered by the chemical?  How
        does the chemical do this?

While all of these questions must ultimately be answered in order to fully
describe the toxicity of a chemical, it is possible (and often necessary) to
make regulatory decisions regarding a chemical with a more limited  amount of
knowledge.  Specifically, the key information that is required is an estimate
of the highest amount (dose) of a chemical that does not produce  any
undesirable or unacceptable effects in the exposed organism (plant,  animal,
human).

For some chemicals, there may be no dose that is without risk  of  causing
adverse effects.  This is suspected to be true for chemicals which  cause
cancer (carcinogens).  In this case, even a single molecule of the  chemical
might react within a cell causing a change in the system controlling cell
growth that cannot be reversed, leading (in the worst case) to a  fatal tumor.

For other chemicals, there may be a certain minimum level of exposure (a
threshold value) below which no significant or observable effects occur.  This
is due to one or both of two reasons:  (1) there is considerable  "reserve
capacity" in many tissues, such that limited damage (e.g., a 5% loss of
hemoglobin) does not cause any decrease in function; and (2) most cells have
at least a limited capacity to repair or compensate for cellular  damage.  Of
course, both the reserve and the repair capacity of a tissue can be
overwhelmed by too much of a harmful chemical and it is at that point that the
organism as a whole begins to suffer adverse effects.

Thus, the essential toxicological questions that must be answered in order to
make informed regulatory decisions regarding a chemical are:

     e  Does the chemical cause effects that do not have a dose-response
        threshold (e.g., cancer)?

     e  For effects that do have a dose-response threshold, what is that
        threshold value?

A generalized description of the means of answering these questions through
toxicological research is presented in chapters 3.0,  4.0, 5.0 and 6.0, of this
handbook.

2.3       Limitations to Toxicological Knowledge

Existing toxicological knowledge cannot provide answers to all the questions
of concern to regulatory agencies.   One reason is simply the large number of
                                      2-5

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, Jm.

                                                                                    &
chemicals of potential or known concern that are in use today.  Toxicological       V
investigation and characterization of a chemical is a slow and expensive
process and evaluation of all existing chemicals would greatly exceed the
capacity of the toxicological community.  Additionally, new chemicals are
being developed and proposed for use at a rate that further overloads the
capacity to perform additional toxicological studies.

When it becomes necessary to make a decision on a chemical in the absence of
full and detailed toxicological knowledge, the only solution is to make
reasonable assumptions.  Often there is partial information on the chemical or
knowledge of a similar chemical.  In these cases, assumptions may be made by
extension or extrapolation of existing knowledge to achieve answers to
questions that have not been studied directly.

Such extensions and extrapolations of information are never certain, and it is
possible for knowledgeable and reasonable scientists to differ considerably in
the extrapolations which they feel are appropriate.

The optimal solution to this problem is to choose defensible and well reasoned
assumptions to yield a range of potential risk including that which is most
conservative (i.e., provides for the greatest margin of safety).  When the   -t
requirements for human health concern are addressed in terms of cost and
feasibility, it is important to remember that present toxicological knowledge
is insufficient in many cases to provide definitive answers about a chemical
and it is, therefore, important to characterize this uncertainty.

2.4       Exposure to toxic Chemicals         *                                    ™

No matter how toxic a chemical may be, it cannot cause an effect on a living
organism unless it comes into contact with that organism.  This contact
between chemical and organism is termed exposure.  There are two key aspects
of exposure that are important determinants of the effect on the organism.
First is the site of contact between the chemical and the organism (skin,
eyes, lungs, gastrointestinal tract).  This is important since the amount of
chemical actually entering the body (absorbed) depends on the ease with which
it can cross these body surfaces.  The second aspect is the amount of chemical
making contact with the organism.  This amount is usually described as a
concentration in each of the relevant environmental media (air, water, soil,
food).  From these environmental concentrations it is possible to calculate
the amount of chemical contacting the organism, based on the rate of contact
between the organism and the media (e.g., liters of air breathed per day,
liters of water consumed per day, etc.).

From  these considerations, it is clear that an evaluation of the exposure to
humans or other organisms by a chemical in the environment requires answers to
the following questions:

      e  In what environmental media (air, water, soil, food) is the chemical
        present?

      e  How much of the chemical is or is likely to be present in these media?     ^
                                       2-6

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
     •  How many and which organisms are or will likely become  exposed  to  the
        chemical?

     •  By what routes may the chemical make contact with  exposed  organisms?

     •  What is the frequency and duration of contact?

Collection of this information constitutes the exposure assessment process.  A
more detailed description of the issues and requirements of  this process is
presented in chapter 7.0.
                                      2-7

-------


-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
3.0       DOSE-RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS

As discussed in chapter 2.0, complete assessment of  the  toxlclty of a chemical
requires detailed study of a number of areas relating  to how the chemical
behaves in the body.  However* as input to regulatory  decision making, the
major objective of a toxicity assessment is the determination of the maximum
dose which produces no significant adverse effect  (response)  in  exposed
organisms.  This information is obtained by deriving the dose-response curve
for the chemical.

3.1       Identification of No-Effect Levels From  Dose-Response  Curves

The dose-response relationship is the most fundamental concept in toxicology.
The dose-response curve describes the relationship that  exists between degree
of exposure to a chemical (dose) and the magnitude of  the effect (response)  in
the exposed, organism.  By definition, no response  is seen in the absence  of
chemical.  As the amount of chemical exposure increases, the response becomes
apparent and increases.  Depending on the mechanism  by which the chemical
acts, the curve may rise with or without a threshold (Figure 3-1).   In both
cases, the response normally reaches a maximum after which  the dose-response
curve becomes flat.

3.1.1     Chemicals with Thresholds

Many chemicals produce responses that display a threshold value  (an exposure
below which no responses can be detected).  One example  of  this  jls  shown  in
Figure 3-2.  Nitrite (NO ~) is a chemical which produces injury  to  red blood
cells by oxidizing the iron atom in hemoglobin from  the  ferrous  (Fe  )  to the
ferric (Fe  ) form.  Within the red blood cell is  a  system  designed to protect
the cell against this kind of damage.  It involves providing  a "sacrificial"
chemical, glutathione (GSH), that is oxidized by the nitrite  instead of the
iron.  Only when the amount of nitrite exceeds the ability  of the cell to
supply glutathione is the iron of hemoglobin oxidized.

A second reason that a threshold may occur in a dose-response curve can also
be understood by consideration of nitrite toxicity.  There  is a  considerable
excess of oxygen-carrying capacity in normal blood, and even  when some
hemoglobin becomes oxidized (and hence non-functional), the amount  of  oxygen
supplied to tissues is still in excess of the tissues' needs.  Only when  a
large amount of hemoglobin has been oxidized will  there be  an adverse effect
in tissues consuming oxygen (Figure 3-3).

3.1.2     Determination of Threshold Values

Regardless of the precise reason for the existence of a threshold,  it is
Important to determine the threshold value with some accuracy.  This value Is
often called the No-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level  (NOAEL).  The lowest value
where a significant adverse effect is first seen is the Lowest-Observed-Adverse-
Effect Level (LOAEL).  A typical experiment designed to define the  shape  of
the dose-response curve and provide an estimate of the NOAEL and the LOAEL
involves exposing groups of experimental subjects  (e.g., mice or rats) to a
                                      3-1

-------
                                                                    £ife Systems, Jnc.
  100 -
   80
!  "°
   40
   20
                20
40         GO         80
      Dose, Arbitrary Units
100
120
                   FIGURE 3-1  HYPOTHETICAL DOSE-RESPONSE CURVES
          The dose-response curve on the  left  illustrates  a no threshold
          effect; there is a response at  all doses  greater than zero.
          The dose-response curve on the  right illustrates an effect
          with a threshold; no response occurs until  some  minimum
          (threshold) dose is exceeded.
                                        3-2

-------
                                                        Jdfe Systems, JHC.
                              50
                      Doseof NO2,mg/kg
100
FIGURE 3-2  CELLULAR DEFENSE MECHANISMS AS A BASIS FOR THE
                   THRESHOLD PHENOMENON
This figure illustrates the red blood cell's ability to
counteract nitrite's harmful oxidation of hemoglobin.   The
cell produces a chemical (GSH) which preferentially reacts
with NO ~, protecting hemoglobin.  Only when the dose  of
nitrite exceeds the cell's ability to produce GSH is
hemoglobin oxidized.  The curves shown are hypothetical.
                            3-3

-------
                                                              tife Systems, JHC.
                                      Oxygen Transport Capacity
          No Effect
         on Tissues
         Tissue Oxygen
          Requirement
                                                               Oxidized
                                                              Hemoglobin
                                                Oxygen
                                               Deficiency
                                               in Tissues
                                50
                         Dose of NO2, mg/kg
75
100
FIGURE 3-3  TISSUE RESERVE AS A BASIS FOR THE THRESHOLD PHENOMENON
    This  figure illustrates that oxidation of  hemoglobin by
    nitrite  can reduce the oxygen transport  capacity of blood
    significantly prior to the occurrence of oxygen starvation
    in  tissues. The  curves shown are hypothetical.
                                 3-4

-------
                                                                  Jdfe Systems, Jnc.
series of doses of the chemical.  An example of the results of  such an  experi-
ment is shown in Table 3-1.  There are several useful ways in which these  data
may be displayed graphically.  In prior examples  (Figures 3-1*  3-2  and  3-3)*
the dose was plotted on a linear scale.  It is usually more convenient  to  plot
the doses on a logarithmic scale.  This type of plot expands the low-dose
region of greatest interest, and compresses the high-dose region.   The  data
shown in Table 3-1 are plotted in Figure 3-4 using a logarithmic dose scale.
Based on the smooth curve drawn through the data points in Figure 3-4,  the
NOAEL value is about 0.3 mg/kg, and the LOAEL value is between  1 and 3  mg/kg.
Usually NOAEL and LOAEL values are not derived by extrapolation between doses,
but are selected from the doses actually administered.  In this case, the
NOAEL (the highest dose which did not produce a statistically significant
effect) is 1.0 mg/kg, and the LOAEL (the lowest dose which did  produce  a
statistically significant effect) is 3.0 mg/kg.   (See Section 6.1 for
discussion of statistical significance.)

When a dose-response experiment is well-designed, it will span  a series of
doses on both sides of the NOAEL and the LOAEL, permitting accurate
identification of each.  Poorly designed experiments may only test  doses that
are too high or too low (not spanning the NOAEL/LOAEL range).   It is difficult
or impossible to derive reasonable estimates of the NOAEL or the LOAEL  from
this sort of data.

A very important point which must always be remembered is that  NOAEL and LOAEL
values depend on the effect (endpolnt) being measured.  For example, selecting
lethality, hemoglobin oxidation or reduction of red blood cell  glutathione
levels as endpoints, NOAEL -values might be 30, 3 or 0.3 mg/kg,  respectively.
Choosing the most appropriate endpolnt is not always simple and is  discussed
in more detail in chapter 4.0.

3.1.3     Chemicals Without Thresholds

Some chemicals produce adverse effects that are characterized by a
dose-response curve with no threshold (see Figure 3-1).  This is usually
because the cells that are affected have little or no "defense" against the
chemical and have little or no ability to repair or compensate  for  damage  that
is done.  For example, recent research suggests that there may be no threshold
for the effects of lead on the nervous system in Infants and children.
Chemicals that produce cancer (carcinogens) are also considered to belong  to
this group.

For chemicals with no threshold, any exposure is associated with some degree
of risk.  A hypothetical relationship between dose and risk of  cancer is shown
in Figure 3-5.  The risk of cancer is expressed as a frequency, where 10   for
example, means that if one million (10 ) people were exposed for their
lifetime, on average one cancer case (1/10  - 10~ ) would occur.  Risk
decreases as dose decreases, but never reaches zero for chemicals without
thresholds.  Figure 3-5 assumes a linear relationship exists between risk and
dose at low dose levels, but this is not known with certainty.   This matter is
discussed more fully in section 6.4.
                                      3-5

-------
                                                                  J&fe Systems, JHC.
      TABLE 3-1  HYPOTHETICAL RESULTS OF AN EXPERIMENT TO DEFINE A DOSE-
            RESPONSE CURVE FOR NITRITE-INDUCED HEMOGLOBIN OXIDATION
                   Number          Dose of          Oxidized Hemoglobin,  I
        Group      of rats      Nitrite, mg/kg      	(mean t SD)	

          1          10               0                   3 ± 3
          2          10               0.1                 412
          3          10               0.3                 414
          4          10               1                   6 ± 3, x
          5          10               3                  12 ± 5ja(
          6          10              10                  24 ± 9r(
          7          10              30                  62 1 51J\
          8          10              60                  80 1 12Va;

This table shows the results of a hypothetical experiment in which  eighty rats
were divided in eight groups of ten and administered varying doses  of  nitrite
by stomach tube.  After one hour, the level of oxidized hemoglobin  in  the
blood of each rat was measured.  Results presented are the mean and standard
deviation (SD) for each dose group.
(a) Statistically different (P<0.05) from control (group 1).
                                       3-6

-------
                                                                  £ifc Systems, JHC.
100
 75
 50
 25
                             LOAEL
                NOAEL
                                         3.0
10.0
30.0
100.0
                               Doseof
              FIGURE 3-4  DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE (LOGARITHMIC SCALE)
                   FOR NITRITE-INDUCED HEMOGLOBIN OXIDATION

           This figure is a plot of the hypothetical data shown in
           Table 3-1.   The logarithmic scale magnifies the low-dose
           region of the curve, making it easier to identify NOAEL
           and LOAEL values.  The mean data values are shown by the
           dots, and the standard deviations are shown by the
           vertical bars.
                                     3-7

-------
                                                            £ife Systems, JHC.
io-1
10
  -2
10
  -3
10
  -4
10
  -s
10
  -6
      Ar
                                                                J
10'8
                           io-4        io-3
                          Dose, mg/kg/day
10
  -2
10
                                                                 -1
    FIGURE  3-5   HYPOTHETICAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN RISK AND DOSE
                  FOR CHEMICALS WITH  NO THRESHOLD
   This figure Illustrates that for chemicals with no threshold,
   as dose decreases so does risk (frequency of the effect),
   but the frequency never reaches zero unless the dose is
   zero.  For example, a dose of 10~  mg/kg/day.(1 Ug/kg/day)
   would cause an effect in about 1/10,000 (10  )  exposed
   organisms.
                                3-8

-------
                                                                  Jjfe Systems, JHC.
While it would be ideal from the health effects  perspective to set zero
exposure (and zero effect) as a goal,  it is usually not technically or
economically feasible.  Therefore, a judgement must be made as to what risk
level (greater than zero) is "acceptable."  This choice is basically a cost-
benefit judgement made by public officials and by society, assessing the
magnitude of the risk from the chemical in comparison to risks from other
sources (accident, crime, flood, tornado, etc.), taking the cost and feasi-
bility of achieving the selected acceptable level into consideration.

Once a risk level is established (e.g.,  10  ), an acceptable exposure limit
can simply be determined from a curve  similar to the  one shown in Figure 3-5.
Unfortunately, it is not possible to make direct experimental measurements  of
dose-response relationships  at such low response rates (this would require
testing many millions of animals at each dose).   Therefore,  curves such as
shown in Figure 3-5 must be  extrapolated from measurements made at high doses
(involving hundreds of animals at each dose).  Performance of such
extrapolations is discussed  in chapter 6.0.

3.2       Other Uses of Dose-Response  Curves

In addition to providing a convenient  means of determining no-effect levels
for chemicals, dose-response curves also help characterize the toxic properties
of a chemical and are useful in comparing the toxicity of several chemicals.
In characterizing or comparing dose-response curves,  a number of quantitative
indices are commonly employed to aid in  the description of the shape and
location of.a dose-response  curve.  Table 3-2 lists some of  these* parameters
and describes their meaning  and usefulness.

It is common to select the mid-point on  the dose-response curve for comparison
of the toxicity of two chemicals.  This  is simply because it  is usually easier
to determine the mid-point accurately  than to make an accurate estimate of  the
NOAEL.  In general terms, the mid-point  is referred to as the ED,_  (the dose
which produces 50Z of the effect).  When a toxic effect is being measured,  the
term TD5Q is used.  When the  effect being measured is lethality,  the term LD.Q
is used.  Because lethality  is unambiguous and simple to measure, an LD_.
value is often the first characterization of a chemical's  toxicity  to be
derived.  However, lethality  is usually  too crude an  index of  adverse effects
to be useful in assessing toxicity of  a  chemical in the  environment,  and a
TDjg or ED«JQ based on a more  sensitive endpoint  should be used whenever
possible in evaluating or comparing chemical toxicity.

The slope of a dose-response  curve is  another important variable to be con-
sidered in assessing the toxicity of a chemical.  Figure  3-6  shows  two dose-
response curves, where chemical B is more toxic than  chemical A at  low doses,
even though the TD^ for chemical B is higher (less toxic) than  for chemical
A.  The reasons why the slopes of dose-response curves differ for different
chemicals Involve the particular cellular mechanisms and metabolic  functions
which they affect.  While the details of these mechanisms and functions are of
concern to the toxicologist in understanding chemical toxicity, understanding
is not necessary for evaluating the degree of chemical toxicity.  The important
concept to grasp is that chemicals with steep dose-response curves need to be
treated with caution since there may be only a small difference between a dose
producing no effect and a dose producing serious outcome.


                                      3-9

-------
                                                                 £ift Systems, JHC.
       TABLE 3-2  QUANTITATIVE INDICES DERIVED FROM DOSE-RESPONSE CURVES


Index                                Definition/Use	

ED        Effective dose; may be used to mean any effect,  but usually is
          reserved to describe non-toxic or beneficial effects.

TD        Toxic dose

LD        Lethal dose

ED.Q      Dose which produces 50Z of an effect (either 50Z of the maximum
          change or a significant change in 50Z of an exposed population).

TD__      Dose which produces 50Z of a toxic effect.

LD._      Dose which causes death in 50Z of an exposed population.

EC.TC,    Analogous to ED, TD, LD, but refers to the concentration of chemical
 LC       in water, and is used in studies of aquatic or marine  organisms.

TI        Therapeutic Index, a ratio describing the margin of safety between
          beneficial and adverse effects.
                                     3-10

-------
                                                              &fe Systems, JHC.
                                                           100
                            Dose, Arbitrary Units
FIGURE 3-6  HYPOTHETICAL DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE OF TWO CHEMICALS, A AND B
      This figure illustrates that the shape of the dose-response
      curve, as well as particular points along it, must be
      considered in making comparisons and evaluating toxicity.
      In this example, chemical B is more toxic at lower doses
      than chemical A, even though chemical A reaches the TDe
      dose at a lower level than chemical B.
50
                                3-11

-------
                                                                  £ift Systems, JHC.
A special category of chemicals is one vieh beneficial as well as adverse
effects.  Fluoride ion is an example.  Low levels of fluoride provide
protection to teeth from decay* but higher levels cause tooth disfigurement
and bone damage.  Figure 3-7 shows hypothetical dose-response curves for two
chemicals (A and B) with both beneficial and adverse effects.  When the curves
do not overlap significantly (Figure 3-7, Chemical A), it is relatively easy
to designate a dose that yields beneficial effects without adverse effects.
When the curves are close together (Figure 3-7, Chemical B), the maximum
beneficial level cannot be reached without producing adverse effects.  The
closeness of the beneficial and the adverse dose response curves is described
by the Therapeutic Index (TI), which is the ratio of the mid-points of the two
curves:

                              TI - (TD50)/(ED5Q)

When this index has a value of 10 or higher the two curves are well separated
and doses for beneficial purposes are reasonably safe.  Lower values of TI
indicate that the curves are close to each other and that doses for beneficial
purposes may result in adverse effects as well.
                                      3-12

-------
                                                             J&fc Systems, Jnc.
                Beneficial
                 Effects
                  Curve
                      1           10        '100
                   Dose of Chemical A, Arbitrary Units
1,000
            Beneficial
             Effects
              Curve
                      1           10          100
                   Dose of Chemical B, Arbitrary Units
1,000
FIGURE 3-7  HYPOTHETICAL DOSE-RESPONSE CURVES FOR CHEMICALS WITH
                  BENEFICIAL AND ADVERSE EFFECTS
   When a. chemical  has both beneficial and adverse effects,
   the two usually  do not follow the same dose-response
   relationship.  When beneficial effects are produced at
   doses much lower than are required for adverse effects,
   the chemical is  relatively safe and has a high therapeutic
   index (TI).  When the beneficial and toxic effects curves
   are close to each other, the chemical is less safe and has
   a lower TI.
                              3-13

-------
                                                                            £ift Systems,
t
4.0       IMPORTANT PARAMETERS IN TOXICITY ASSESSMENTS

As discussed in section 2.2, the essential question to answer in assessing  the
toxicity of a chemical is:  what is the maximum exposure to the chemical that
is safe?  The answer to this question often depends on a number of factors,
including route of exposure, length of exposure, species and individual
characteristics of the exposed organism and the nature or endpoint of the
toxic effect being measured (Figure 4-1).  This chapter describes why the
toxicity of a chemical usually depends on these factors and how these factors
are investigated and characterized in the toxicity assessment process.

4.1       Route of Exposure

For a chemical to exert a toxic effect on an organism, it must first gain
access to the cells and tissues of that organism.  In humans, the major routes
by which toxic chemicals enter the body are through ingestion, inhalation and
dermal absorption.  The absorptive surfaces of the tissues Involved in these
three routes of exposure (gastrointestinal tract, lungs, skin) differ from
each other with respect to the rate with which chemicals move across them.  A
summary of the factors which influence absorption of chemicals through these
three routes of exposure is presented below.

4.1.1     Ingestion

Ingestion brings chemicals into contact with the tissues of the gastro-
intestinal tract."  The normal function of the gastrointestinal tract is
absorption of foods and fluids that are ingested.  The gastrointestinal tract
is also effective in absorbing toxic chemicals that are contained in the food
or water.  The degree of absorption generally depends on whether the chemical
is hydrophilic (easily soluble In water) on lipophilic (easily soluble in
organic solvents or fats).  Lipophilic compounds (e.g., organic solvents) are
usually well absorbed, since the chemical can easily diffuse across the
membranes of the cells which line the gastrointestinal tract.  Hydrophilic
compounds (e.g., metal ions) cannot cross the cell lining in this way, and
must be "carried" across by transport systems in the cells.  The extent of the
transport depends on how efficient the transport system is and how closely the
chemical resembles the normal compound for which the transport system is
intended.

If a chemical is a weak organic acid or base, it will tend to be absorbed by
diffusion in the part of the gastrointestinal tract in which it exists in its
most lipid-soluble (least ionized or polar) form.  Since gastric juice in the
stomach is acidic and the intestinal contents are nearly neutral, the polarity
of a chemical can differ markedly in these two areas of the gastrointestinal
tract.  A weak organic acid is in its least polar form while in the stomach
and, therefore, tends to be absorbed through the stomach.  A weak organic base
is in it least polar form while in the intestine and, therefore, tends to be
absorbed through the intestine.

Another important determinant of absorption from the gastrointestinal tract is
the interaction of the chemical with gastric or intestinal contents.  Many
chemicals tend to bind to food, and so a chemical ingested in food is often
not absorbed as efficiently as when it is ingested in water.  Additionally,
                                                 4-1

-------
                                            £ife Systems, Jnc.
LJLJ


(0
O
§
             i*
            •5
            &"•
ut
           • • •
                            **fi*
            s
1*.
                         (0
                        &
                       •5
                       i
                            Ul
                                                CO
                                                CO
                                                u
                                                CO
                                 I
                                                §
                                                M
                                                to
                                 CO
                                                M
                                                as
                      4-2

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
some chemicals nay not be stable in the strongly acidic environment of the
stomach and others may be altered by digestive enzymes or intestinal flora
(bacteria which reside in the Intestines) to yield different chemicals with
altered toxicological properties.  For example, intestinal flora can reduce
aromatic nltro groups to aromatic amines* which may be carcinogenic.

4.1.2     Inhalation

Inhalation brings chemicals into contact with the lung.  Most inhaled
chemicals are gases (e.g.* carbon monoxide) or vapors of volatile liquids
(e.g., trichloroethylene).  Absorption in the lung is usually high because the
surface area is large and blood vessels are in close proximity to the exposed
surface area.  Gases cross the lung via simple diffusion* with the rate of
absorption depending on the solubility of the toxic agent In blood.  If the
gas has a low solubility (e.g.* ethylene)* the rate of absorption is limited
by the rate of blood flow through the lung* whereas the absorption of readily
soluble gases (e.g.* chloroform) is limited only by the rate and depth of
respiration.

Chemicals may also be inhaled in solid or liquid form as dusts or aerosols.
Liquid aerosols* if lipid-soluble* will readily cross the cell membranes by
passive diffusion.  The absorption of solid particulate matter is highly
dependent upon the size and chemical nature of the particles.  The rate
of absorption of particulates from the alveoli is determined by the compound's
solubility in lung fluids* with poorly soluble compounds being absorbed at a
slower rate than readily soluble compounds.  Certain small Insoluble particles
may remain in the alveoli indefinitely.  Larger particles (2 to 5 microns) are
deposited in the tracheobronchiolar regions of the lungs where they are
cleared by coughing and sneezing or they are swallowed and deposited in the
gastrointestinal tract.  Particles of five microns or larger are usually
deposited in the nasopharyngeal region where they are subsequently either
expelled or swallowed.

4.1.3     Dermal Absorption

Absorption of toxicants through the epidermal layer of the skin is hindered by
the densely packed layer of horny* keratinized epidermal cells.  Absorption of
chemicals occurs much more readily through scratched or broken skin.  There
are significant differences in skin structure from one region of the body to
another (palms of hands versus facial skin), and these differences further
Influence dermal absorption.

Absorption of chemicals by the skin is roughly proportional to their lipid
solubility, and can be enhanced by application of the chemical in an oily
vehicle and nibbing the resulting preparation into the skin.  Some
lipid-soluble compounds can be absorbed by the skin in quantities sufficient
to produce systemic effects.  For example, carbon tetrachloride can be
absorbed by the skin in amounts large enough to produce liver injury.
                                       4-3

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, JHC.
4.1.4     Exposure by Injection

In toxicity assessment, the route of exposure employed In experimental animal
studies Is normally chosen to be the same as the anticipated route of exposure
of humans to the specific chemical.  However, in studying chemicals toxicolo-
gists frequently administer chemicals to laboratory animals by injection
(parenterally)( the most common routes being subcutaneous (B.C.), intraperi-
toneal (i.p.), intramuscular (i.m.) and intravenous (l.v.).  These routes are
employed because they are often more convenient and yield more reproducible
results than oral, dermal or inhalation routes of exposure.  However, results
from studies of this sort must be Interpreted with caution, since parenteral
administration bypasses the normal absorptive processes, and a parenteral dose
may be more toxic than the same dose given by Ingestion, Inhalation or dermal
application.

4.2       Duration/Frequency of Exposure

The toxicity of many chemicals depends on the length of time over which
exposure has occurred.  There are several reasons for this dependency.  First,
some chemicals are not readily eliminated from the body, so that continued
exposure to low doses (each too small to produce an effect) may lead to
accumulation of the chemical in the body at levels which are high enough to
produce adverse results.  For example, cadmium is strongly retained in the
body and tends to accumulate in the kidney.  When levels become high enough
(usually after many years), kidney dysfunction begins to occur.
                                                           •             .
A second reason why toxic effects may depend on duration of exposure is
related to the ability of cells to repair themselves.  When an injury to a
cell cannot be quickly reversed by repair processes, there is a tendency for
the injury to accumulate in the cell as a function of increasing exposure
duration.  Thus, a dose of a chemical that causes a small, but irreversible,
injury may have no immediately apparent effect, but a clear adverse response
may develop with continued exposure.

Finally, some adverse effects simply require an extended period of time to
develop, even though they might be the result of exposure months or years
earlier.  Lead exposure, for example, may Impair the development of the
nervous system in young children, but this effect requires an extended period
of exposure, and does not become apparent for several years.  Similarly, the
development of tumors following exposure to a carcinogen may take months or
years to occur.

4.3       Species of Exposed Organism

It is generally true that if a chemical is found to be toxic In one species of
organism (e.g., rat) it will also be toxic in similar organisms (e.g., other
mammals, including humans).  However, there are often significant differences
in the sensitivity of different species to a chemical, and sometimes there are
qualitative differences in the types of effects that occur.  The reason for
these differences among species is usually related to differences in the
absorption or metabolism of the chemical or to differences in anatomic
function.
                                       4-4

-------
                                                                   &{t Systems, Jnc.
4.3.1     Absorption Differences Among Species

The rate of absorption of chemicals across the skin, lungs or gastrointestinal
tract is determined primarily by the properties of the cells at the surfaces
of these tissues, and there are some significant differences in these cells
among species.  For example, the skin of the rat and rabbit are more
permeable, the skin of the cat is less permeable, and the skin of the pig,
guinea pig, and monkey are similar in permeability characteristics to those
observed in humans.  Additionally, physical and chemical conditions which
influence gastrointestinal absorption may also differ among species.  For
example, gastrointestinal transit time, surface area to volume ratio and pH in
various parts of the gastrointestinal tract often differ among species.
Finally, the bacterial populations in the gastrointestinal tract vary among
species.  Some bacteria may convert one chemical into another one that is more
or less absorbable and thus alter the apparent toxicity of the chemical, or
they may convert a nontoxic chemical into a toxic one.

4.3.2     Differences in Chemical Metabolism Among Species

Metabolism is the name applied to any chemical reaction vhich a chemical may
undergo while in the body.  The liver and kidney are especially active in
these reactions, but metabolism of a chemical may occur in any tissue.  Nearly
all chemicals are modified by one or more reactions, but the nature and extent
of these reactions may vary widely among different organisms.  The rate of
metabolism of chemicals is often the limiting step in detoxification and/or
excretion of chemicals, so differences in metabolic activity can markedly
influence how long a toxic chemical endures in the body.  In addition, meta-
bolism of a chemical may sometimes generate a more toxic chemical.  For
example, pyridine is extensively methylated in cats, gerbils, guinea pigs and
hamsters, while it is poorly methylated in mice, rabbits, rats and humans.
Since methylation (addition of a methyl group, CH.) may increase the toxicity
of pyridine, the effects produced by equal doses In these two groups of
animals may be more adverse in the animals which methylate pyridine efficiently.

4.4       Individual Characteristics of Exposed Organisms

Just as there are significant differences among species with respect to toxicity
of some chemicals, so there may also be significant differences among subgroups
of a population (as a function of sex, race or age) and among individuals in a
population.  The principal factors which underlie these variations in sensitivity
are outlined below.

4.4.1     Genetic Traits

The genetic makeup of an individual is expressed by the presence orjabsence of
key enzymes in cells, and differences in these enzymes underlie much of the
variation in susceptibility of individual members of a particular strain or
population.  For example, the variation in the susceptibility of some rabbits
to the toxic effects of atropine is explained by the presence of an enzyme,
atropine esterase, in the blood of the resistant animal.
                                       4-5

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, JHC.
It should be recognized that laboratory animals used in most experimental
studies of chemical toxicity are highly inbred in order to achieve a very
uniform genetic composition* so variations in chemical sensitivity between
individual animals of the same species are usually small.  Conversely, humans
are genetically highly heterogeneous and variations between individuals, even
of the same age, sex and race, can be significant.  For example, two
sub-groups have been identified in the human population with the respect to
the ability to acetylate certain chemicals; slow and rapid acetylators.
Acetylatlon (addition of the acetyl group, CH-CO-) is significant because it
can lead to detoxification of some chemicals.  Slow acetylators have less
N-acetyltransferase in their livers than rapid acetylators, and this is the
enzyme that catalyzes the acetylation process.  Therefore, slow acetylators
are more likely to develop toxic effects to certain chemicals.

4.4.2     Sex and Hormonal Status

Differences in toxicity between sexes have been demonstrated in studies on the
effects of chloroform, benzene and some organophosphate insecticides.  For
example, female mice show little response to chloroform exposures that are
lethal for males.  The difference has been shown to be under direct endocrine
(hormonal) control.  As another example, female rats and rabbits are more
susceptible to the toxic effects of parathion and benzene, respectively, than
are male rats and rabbits.  These sex-related effects become reversed after
castration and administration of hormones.  Pregnancy, with its increased
hormonal activity, has been shown to markedly increase the susceptibility of
mice to some types of pesticides, and similar effects have been reported for a
lactating animal exposed to heavy metals.  Hyperthyroidism (excessive
secretion of thyroid hormone) and hyperinsulinism (excessive secretion of
insulin) may also alter the susceptibility of animals, including humans, to
toxic chemicals.

4.4.3     nutritional Status and Dietary Factors

Humans are able to achieve large adjustments in the absorption and metabolism
of foods and minerals to compensate for fluctuations in dietary intake levels.
These metabolic adaptations frequently influence the absorption and/or
metabolism of toxic chemicals as well.  For example, long-term ingestion of a
diet low in essential minerals, (iron, calcium, zinc) leads the body to
increase absorption and retention of these minerals.  However, along with this
adaptation to retain essential minerals, the absorption of toxic metals
(cadmium, barium) also increases.  Generally, low calorie or protein-deficient
diets result in increased sensitivity to a number of toxic chemicals.

4.4.4     Age and Maturity

Some chemicals are more toxic to one age group than another (usually being    ,
more toxic to infants and children than adults).  In some cases this is only
because infants and children drink and eat proportionately larger amounts than
do adults, and thereby ingest proportionately larger doses.  However, infants
and children may be inherently more sensitive to chemicals for reasons related
to the development process.  For example, lead ingestion has much more severe
effects on the nervous system of infants and children then it does on adults.
                                       4-6

-------
                                                                   £ife Systems, JHC.
Additionally, che ability of the young to metabolize and detoxify chemicals  is
usually less than for adults.  Elderly humans may be more sensitive  to  some
chemicals, since the detoxifying capacity of liver and the excretory capacity
of kidney tend to decrease in old age.

4.5       Toxicological Endpoints

Exposure of an organism to a chemical often results in multiple effects.  For
example, long-term exposures to dioxin results in hepatotoxicity (liver
toxicity), genotoxicity (chromosomal damage), teratogenicity  (structural/func-
tional abnormality), fetotoxicity (injury to developing fetuses) and carcino-
genicity (growth of malignant tumors).  Effects which are measured by the
toxlcologist as an index of a chemical's toxicity are called  "endpoints".  The
criteria for identifying the endpoint most appropriate for use in toxicity
assessment include dose sensitivity, the severity of the effect, and whether
the effect is reversible or irreversible.

4.5.1     Criteria for Selection of Endpoints

4.5.1.1   Dose Sensitivity

The most appropriate endpoint for use in the toxicity assessment process is
usually the one in which a measurable change can first be detected in response
to increasing doses.  For example, pyridine is toxic to the central  nervous
system (CHS), the liver and the kidney.  However, CNS toxicity can be
demonstrated at much lower doses than adverse kidney and liver effects.  In
studying pyridine, then, CNS effects are 'appropriate as the most sensitive
endpoint.

4.5.1.2   Severity of Response

The selection of a toxicological endpoint is sometimes based on the  extent of
damage to a particular organ following exposure.  A toxic chemical may produce
harmful effects in a number of organs, but the severity of the response may be
quite different.  For example, carbon tetrachloride exposure may result in
mild damage to the kidney, but severe damage and loss of function in the
liver.  In studying carbon tetrachloride, then, effects on the liver are the
most appropriate endpoint.

Sometimes a low dose of a chemical may produce an effect that is not in itself
clearly adverse.  For example, a low dose of acrylamide may cause slowed
axonal transport in nerve cells without measurably affecting the ability of
the cells to carry nerve impulses.

To distinguish between detectable effects which are adverse and those which
are not, the term LOEL (Lowest-Observed-Effect Level) is used, as distinct
from LOAEL (Lowest-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level).  Similarly, NOEL  (No-
Observed-Effect Level) implies no detectable effect of any sort, while NOAEL
(No-Observed-Adverse-Effect Level) may include some effect which is judged not
to be adverse.
                                       4-7

-------
                                                                  Oft Systems, JHC.
The decision as to whether an affect is adverse or not oust be judged on the
basis of whether the change is an early indication of a more serious conse-
quence or whether the change is not of significant concern.

4.5.1.3   Reversible Versus Irreversible Effects

Some toxic effects are reversible and others are not.  In a tissue that has a
strong ability to regenerate (e.g., the liver), most injuries are reversible,
whereas Injury to the CNS is largely irreversible, since specialized cells of
the CNS cannot divide or be replaced.  Carcinogenic effects of chemicals are
also irreversible.  Irreversible effects are often chosen as toxicological
endpoints since these effects are likely to produce serious consequences
following chronic (long-term, low level) exposure to a chemical.

4.5.2     Common Toxicological Endpoints and Measuring Techniques

Table 4-1 lists endpoints that are commonly used to assess the toxic effects
of a chemical, along with the experimental means of measuring such effects.
More detailed descriptions of these endpoints are given below.

4.5.2.1   Carelnogenieity

Cancer is a complex group of diseases whose causes are not yet fully under-
stood, but there is ample evidence that some chemicals can cause or promote
certain types of tumors in animals or humans.  The carcinogenic potential of a
chemical can be measured with lifetime animal bioassays, short-term carcino-
genicity tests (with bacterial or cultured mammalian cells), or limited in
vivo bioassays.  Each of these methods is associated with certain advantages
and disadvantages, as discussed below.

Standard lifetime animal bioassays are long-term experiments conducted to
measure the effect of a chemical on frequency of tumor occurrence.

Typically, large groups of animals (at least 50 per sex per dose) are exposed
to the chemical for their lifetime, and the number and types of tumors occur-
ring in exposed animals are compared to control animals.

These studies are considered to be the most predictive of carcinogenicity
screening tests.  However, substantial controversy exists over certain standard
practices used In the bioassays.  For example, to compensate for the relative
insensitlvlty of these studies', the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) is frequently
used to maximize the likelihood of detecting carcinogenicity.  The use of MTD
is controversial because high doses of a chemical may produce physiological
conditions that affect the induction and development of tumors.  Normal
detoxification and repair mechanisms may be overwhelmed by the use of the MTD,
or different absorption, distribution, metabolism or excretion may result from
the use of the MTD.  These events might result in a response at the MTD that
may not be indicative of effects at lower exposure levels.

A similar controversy exists over the use of strains of test animals that are
very susceptible to carcinogens.  The purpose of using these animals is to
                                       4-8

-------
                                                             jCife Systems, Jnc.
      TABLE  4-1  MEASUREMENT OF COMMON TOXICOLOGICAL ENDPOINTS
Toxlcologieal Endpoint

Behavioral Toxlclty
        Parameters Measured
Carcinogenicity
Hematologic Toxicity
Hepatoxicity
Inhalation Toxicity



Mutagenicity


Neurotoxicity
Renal Toxicity
Reproductive Toxicity
Teratogenicity
Motor  function (motor  activity,
coordination  strength),  sensory
function  (vision,  audition),
Integrative systems  (learning  and
memory).

Tumor  frequency in tissues, detected
by gross  observation or  histological
examination.

Hematocrit, hemoglobin levels,
changes in cellular  components
(erythrocytes,  leucocytes,
platelets), plasma components, and
foreign substances.

Gross  and microscopic  examination,
organ  weight*  liver  function (bile
formation, lipid metabolism, protein
metabolism, carbohydrate metabolism,
metabolism of foreign  compounds,
serum  enzyme  activities).

Gross  anatomy, microscopic and
ultrastructural  anatomy, changes in
function.

Chromosome alterations,  bacterial
mutations, DNA damage.

Gross  observation, clinical
evaluation, neurological exams,
behavioral tests, neurohisto-
pathological tests, neurochemical
tests.

Urinalysis, function tests
(clearance, glomerular filtration
rate), gross and microscopic
examinations,  organ weight.

Fertility, litter size and survival,
gestation survival, postnatal body
weight.

Gross abnormalities,  skeletal and
visceral malformations, microscopic
abnormalities, functional/behavioral
deviations.
                                 4-9

-------
                                                                   &fe Systems. Jnc.
increase the ability Co detect carcinogenic potential in chemicals.  However,
these sensitive strains My have very high spontaneous tunor frequencies, and
the meaning and validity of a positive test result in such a sensitive strain
is not entirely clear.  Because of these uncertainties, it is very desirable
to perform lifetime carcinogenicity bioassays using two or more different
animal species.

There are two major types of short-term carcinogenicity tests used to indicate
carcinogenic potential:  mutagenlcity tests and transformation tests using
cultured mammalian cells.  Hutagenicity experiments are often used to evaluate
the potential for inducing tumors because of basic similarities in the
postulated molecular mechanisms of chemical carclnogenesis and mutagenesis.
Some mutagenicity tests, especially the Ames test, have been extensively
validated and shown to correlate very well with known carcinogens, but there
is still a significant frequency of false-positive or false-negative results
(approximately IOZ each for the Ames test).  Positive results in mutagenicity
tests support other experimental findings of carcinogenic potential and are
generally considered to provide suggestive evidence of carcinogenic hazard.
They do not constitute definite proof of a chemical's carcinogenicity in
humans, nor do negative results rule out the possibility of carcinogenic
potential.

A major disadvantage of mutagenicity tests using bacterial test systems is the
basic biological differences between bacterial cells and human cells, making
extrapolations to human health effects somewhat tenuous.  Testing in mammalian
cells provides a stronger basis for extrapolating to human health effects, but
the test methods are not as well developed or validated as those using bacteria.
The primary short-term test of this sort is based on mammalian cell transforma-
tion.  Transformation occurs when cultured cells develop uncontrolled growth,
an event analogous to the formation of a tumor in an organism.  A number of
transformation tests using mammalian cells have been developed in recent years
and are in widespread use.  The cells are treated with the chemical in question
and the transformation frequency is measured.  Cell transformation is usually
detected by observing changes in the cultured cells, and is confirmed by
injecting the transformed cells into animals where they become malignant
tumors.  A major disadvantage is that the carcinogenic potential of a chemical
may depend on its metabolism in the living organism, with one or more metabolic
products being more carcinogenic than the original chemical.  In a case such
as this, a transformation test might yield negative results, while positive
results would be obtained In a lifetime animal bioassay.

Limited in vivo bioassays can provide evidence of the tumorogenic potential of
a chemical without the great time investment and expense required for a
lifetime bioassay.  These tests generally yield results in 30 weeks or less
and use mice or rats as test animals.  Examples of limited in vivo bioassays
include skin tumor formation in mice, breast cancer induction in rats, or
altered liver foci (an early step in liver tumor formation) in mice or rats.
While limited in vivo bioassays are not an adequate substitute for lifetime
bioassays, they are more useful as predictors of carcinogenicity than
short-term tests, and positive results in well-designed and executed limited
in vivo bioassays are additional supportive evidence of carcinogenic hazard.
                                      4-10

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems. Jnc.
It Is not uncommon that a chemical will yield different results in different
tests of carcinogenic potential (positive in some tests, negative in others).
In such cases, the probability that the chemical is a human carcinogen  is
determined by a "weight-of-evidence" approach (USEPA 1984).  In general,
positive results in animal systems or positive finding in epidemiological
studies are required before a chemical is classified as a probable human
carcinogen.  This may be supported by positive results in bacterial or  cell
system tests, but positive results in these systems are insufficient alone.

4.5.2.2   Hepatotoxicity

Liver damage is a frequent response to exposures to toxic chemicals.  Since
the liver is such a vital organ, a variety of procedures have been developed
over the years to assess extent of liver damage.  Because the liver has
considerable reserve capacity, tests that measure its ability to perform its
functions may not reveal an effect until the liver is already extensively
damaged.  A more sensitive test involves measurement of liver enzymes in blood
serum.  This test is based on the observation that when liver cells are
damaged, some of the active enzymes within the cells escape into the blood.
This increase in liver enzymes can be measured simply by collecting a sample
of blood and measuring enzyme activity.  A disadvantage of this test is that
liver enzymes do not endure very long in the blood, and so only an on-going
injury can be detected.  Finally, evidence of liver damage may be detected
both during and well after a chemical-induced injury by microscopic
examination of the liver for signs of abnormality.  Therefore, microscopic
examination for histological changes is another excellent endpoint.

4.5.2.3   Mutagenlcity

Mutagenesis is the induction of changes in genetic material that are
transmitted during cell division.  If mutations are present in the genetic
material of eggs or sperm, the fertilized ovum may not be viable.  A mutation
may also result in congenital abnormalities or death of a fetus at a later
developmental period.  There are a number of powerful tests for mutagenic
potential of chemicals, most involving bacteria or other cells in culture.
For example, the Ames test measures the frequency of a certain type of
mutational event in the bacterial species Salmonella typhlmurlum.  Other
valuable tests examine Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells for alterations In
chromosome structure, or determine whether unscheduled DNA synthesis (a strong
indicator of damage to the DNA) is occurring in other cultured mammal cells.

4.5.2.4   Neurotoxlclty

The nervous system is of special toxicological concern, since chemical-induced
injury to nerve cells is often irreversible and may lead to adverse health
effects.  There are many means of measuring nervous system functions, includ-
ing tests of reflexes, coordination, conditioned responses in animals and
intelligence (IQ) tests in humans.  In addition, there are sophisticated means
of analyzing the status of individual nerves by measuring the rate at which
they transmit nerve impulses or the rate at which they synthesize and transport
cellular materials.
                                      4-11

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
The EPA has published guidelines that focua on delayed neurotoxicity as an
endpoint.  Delayed neurotoxicity is a syndrome in which damage to  the peri-
pheral nervous system and some portions of the CNS may result in paralysis.
The domestic hen is typically the species chosen for evaluation of delayed
neurotoxicity.  In the acute delayed neurotoxicity test* a single  dose of the
test material is administered orally to groups of adult domestic hens.  The
hens are observed daily for at least 21 days for behavioral abnormalities,
ataxia (inability to coordinate muscles) and paralysis.  Selected  sections of
nervous tissues are also examined histopathologically.  In tests for sub-
chronic delayed neurotoxicity» groups of hens are administered the test
substance orally for 90 days, followed by an observation period of seven days.
As in the acute studies, the hens are observed daily for behavioral abnor-
malities, ataxia and paralysis, and selected sections of nerve tissue are
examined histopathologically.

4.5.2.5   Renal Toxiclty

Damage to the kidneys is another common and serious consequence of exposure to
a toxic chemical.  As with the liver, techniques to assess kidney  injury may
include functional tests in the intact animal, along with direct hlstological
examination of kidney tissue.  Urinalysis offers another convenient and
sensitive means of detecting kidney damage.  For example, detection of
substances not normally present in urine (proteins, cells or cell  fragments,
glucose) is strong evidence that the kidney has been Injured.

4.5.2.6   Reproductive Toxiclty

Fertility and reproductive toxicity studies are usually performed  in rats or
mice at dose levels that produce no overt toxicity in the exposed  adults.  In
a typical study, the male parent is exposed to a chemical for 60 to 80 days
and the female for 14 days prior to mating.  The percentage of females that
become pregnant is determined.  The number of stillborn and live offspring,
and their weight, growth, survival and general condition during the first
three weeks of life are also recorded.

The perinatal (during late pregnancy) and lactational (during nursing)
toxicities of chemicals may be measured In a similar fashion.  Pregnant female
rats are exposed to the chemical from the fifteenth day of gestation to the
time of weaning.  Parameters measured may include all of those above, as well
as analysis of milk for presence of the chemical.

4.5.2.7   Teratogenleity

Teratology is defined as the study of functional or physical defects Induced
during development of an animal from the time of conception to birth.
Teratogenic studies are usually performed In rats and/or rabbits with doses of
the test chemical that produce no maternal toxicity.  Teratogens are most
effective when administered during the period of organogenesls, so pregnant
females are usually exposed on days 6 to 15 of gestation.  Prior to delivery,
some females are sacrificed and examined for the number of fetal Implantations
in the uterus.  Dead and living fetuses are counted, weighed and examined for
gross malformations.  These fetuses are examined microscopically for more
                                      4-12

-------
                                                                   j&fe Systems. Jnc.
subtle effects, and some are cleared of soft tissue and examined for skeletal
abnormalities.  Since teratogens can produce functional as veil as morphologic
changes* offspring of other females are sometimes monitored after delivery for
changes in behavior or development.

4.6       Key Guidance and Implementation Documents

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Proposed guidelines for
carcinogenic risk assessment.  Fed. Regist. 49-46294.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Proposed guidelines for
mutagenicity risk assessment.  Fed. Regist. 49-46314.

USEPA.  1982.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Toxic
Substances.  Analyses of limited bioassays as potential carcinogenicity
screening tests.  Washington* DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
68-01-6196.                                             '                     :

USEPA.  1981.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Pesticides and
Toxic Substances.  Health effects test guidelines.  Washington, DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency 560/6-82-001.

USEPA.  1979.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Proposed health effects
test standards for Toxic Substances Control Act test rules and proposed good
laboratory practice standards for health effects.  Fed. Regist. July 26, 1979,
44:44054-44093.                                                       -    -

USEPA.  1978.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Toxic
Substances.  Short-term tests for health and ecological effects.  Washington,
DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency:  600/9-78-037.

4.7       Background References

Doull J.  1980.  Factors influencing toxicology.  In:  Doull J., Klaassen CD,
Amdur MO, eds.  Casarett and Doull*s toxicology.  The basic science of poi-
sons, 2nd ed. New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp 70-83.

D'Souza J, Caldvell J, Smith RL.  1980.  Species variations in the
N-methylation of pyridine.  Xenobiotlca 10:151.

Fisher PB, Weinstein BI.  1981.  In vitro screening tests  for potential
carcinogens.  In:  Sontag JM, ed.  Carcinogens in industry and the environ-
ment.  New York:  Marcel Dekker, Inc., pp 113-166.

Freeman AE.  1978.  In vitro testing of chemical carcinogens: an overview.
In:  Berky J, Sherrod PC, eds.  Short term in vitro testing for carcinogene-
sis, mutagenesis and toxicity.  Philadelphia:  Franklin Institute Press, pp
8-22.

Oilman AG, Mayer SE, Melmon KL.  1980.  Pharmacodynamics:   mechanisms of drug
action and the relationship between drug concentration and effect.   In:
Oilman, AG, Goodman LS, Gilman A, eds.  Goodman and Oilman's the pharmacologi-
cal basis of therapeutics, 6th ed.  New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.,
pp 28-39.

                                      4-13

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
Klaassen CD.  1980.  Absorption* distribution and excretion of toxicants.  In:
Dottll J. Klaassen CD. Amdur MO, eds.  Casarett and Doull's toxicology.  The
basic science of poisons, 2nd ed. New York:  Macadllan Publishing Co., Inc.,
pp 28-55.

Klaassen CD.  1980.  Heavy metals and heavy metal antagonists.  In:  Oilman
AG, Goodman LS, Oilman A, eds.  The pharmacological basis of therapeutics 6th,
ed.  New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp 1615-1637.
Klaassen CD.  1980.  Nonmetallic environmental toxicants: air pollutants,
solvents and vapors and pesticides.  In:  Oilman AG, Goodman LS, Oilman A,
eds.  The pharmacological basis of therapeutics, 6th ed.  New York:  Macmillan
Publishing Co., Inc., pp 1638-1659.

Klaassen CD.  1980.  Principles of toxicology.  In:  Oilman AG, Goodman LS,
Oilman A, eds.  The pharmacological basis of therapeutics, 6th ed.  New York:
Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp 1602-1614.

Klaassen CD, Doull J.  1980.  Evaluation of safety: toxlcologic evaluation.
In:  Doull J, Klaassen CD, Amdur MO, eds.  Casarett and Doull's toxicology.
The basic science of poisons, 2nd ed. New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co.,
Inc., pp 11-27.

Loomis TA.  1978.  Essentials of Toxicology.  Philadelphia:  Lea and Febiger.

Mayer SE, Melmon KL, Oilman AG.  1980.  Introduction; the dynamics of drug
absorption, distribution and elimination.  In:  Oilman AG, Goodman LS, Oilman
A, eds.  The pharmacological basis of therapeutics, 6th ed.  New York:
Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp 28-39.

Neal RA.  1980.  Metabolism of toxic substances.  In:  Doull J, Klaassen CD,
Amdur MO, eds.  Casarett and Doull's toxicology.  The basic science of poi-
sons,  2nd ed. New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp 56-69.

0*Flaherty EJ.  1981.  Toxicants and drugs: kinetics and dynamics.  New York:
John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

Weisburger'JH, Williams GM.  1980.  Chemical Carcinogens.  In:  Doull J,
Klaassen CD, Amdur MO, eds.  Casarett and Doull's toxicology.  The basic
science of poisons, 2nd ed. New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp
11-27.
                                      4-14

-------
                                                                             tift Systems, Jnc.
t
5.0       TYPICAL PROTOCOLS USED IN TOXICOLOGICAL STUDIES

As discussed in chapters 3.0 and 4.0, assessment of  the  toxicity  of  a  chemical
involves identification of the adverse effects which the chemical causes  and
systematic study of how these effects depend upon dose,  route  and duration  of
exposure and test organism.  This Information is derived from  studies  which
may be divided into four general categories:

     e  Studies in laboratory animals evaluate the toxicity  of a  chemical with
        special reference to predicting the toxicity in  humans.

     •  Clinical studies are case-by-case investigations of  the symptoms  and
        diseases in humans who are exposed to a toxic chemical at doses high
        enough to require medical attention.

     •  Epidemiclogical studies seek to determine whether a  correlation exists
        between chemical exposure and frequency of disease or  health problems
        in large groups of human populations.

     e  Ecotoxicological studies assess the toxic effects of chemicals on
        indigenous aquatic and terrestrial plants and animals.

This chapter describes the usual experimental designs (protocols) used in
these studies.

5.1       Studies in Laboratory Animals

Table 5-1 summarizes protocols that might be used in  testing the  toxicity of a
chemical in laboratory animals.  In order to determine how the effects of a
chemical depend on exposure levels, all studies involve  administration of a
series of doses.  To investigate how the effects of a chemical depend on
duration of exposure, chemicals are administered for  one day or in one dose
(acute), for 5 to 90 days (subchronic) and for long periods  (2 years to
lifetime).  To determine how effects may depend on the characteristics of the
test organism, the chemical is administered to both sexes of two  or more
species.  To Identify the cells and tissues that are  affected by  the chemical,
a broad range of endpoints are evaluated for chemical induced changes.

5.1.1     Acute Studies

In an acute study, animals are given a brief exposure to the chemical (a
single oral dose, a 4-hour inhalation exposure or a 24-hour dermal exposure)
and are observed for subsequent effects.  The chemical is usually tested  in
two animal species, most often rats, mice, dogs or guinea pigs.
          j
Often the first'endpoint to be measured is lethality.  Determination of oral
LD-., values requires the testing of four to six dose  levels with five to  ten
animals/sex/dose level.  The test chemical is administered once to each test
animal and the number of animals that die, the time of death, and toxic signs
observable directly and at necropsy (animal autopsy)  are recorded.  Acute
dermal and inhalation studies are similar, except that emphasis is placed on
signs of injury to the skin or lungs.
                                                 5-1

-------
                                                     & ft Systems, JHC.














en
|
S

z
M

»3
S
S
o
a

CO
ftfl
fr^

^j
M
£

1
w
i
§

g
I
W 8 4J 0 JB
•CS O * f^S O *J
^c 0 is o *c 0 fSr
X-* ^4 X-» «H iH
o ^ So o o o— -n
U3 >s O »«O U
••S "3 0 *^ •'S 3 S.
• v^j; 0 x .v-' 0
h 4J «H |4 M X 0
O 0 0 W M O04J
> 0 O.-H 0 > 0 iH • ^
9 JS ^4 O A 9 ^ O ^ ^(
en u x: w u en u 

•S S M ^
l^*8!
g
a
«^4
M

Pfi

M
i




o
1 I m


J^
0 0 i-r
0 0 O> U
o o a o
•O *O 0 e u
.«ss.
S^xS
A M ij 1
> 0 -H •> .  6 -rt 00 00 9
u 0 M o e o
3-SS-35 2
g
CJ


*
•o

•^
**





m






0

h 9
II
"? &
•* 0 •

1





















i








m
l?5
                                    in

                                    I
         U -H
         0 U

         H 0|
          cn^
   •o


   en


    o
                S4f
         0VI
0
oo
              M
                =1
                o
                                                        a
                                                        2
                                    0
                                    s
                                                        0
                                                        a
                                                        o
                                                        •o
                                    o
                                    0

                                   •9
                                   fH
                                    U
                                    6
                             5-2

-------
                                                                                 &ft Systems, Jnc.

*
g
*rt
W
I
.0
0
iH
O
*l 1

•S? § 0 B 0 9
00 U 0 0 0
!» d • *H «rl 0
0 0 S 0 S H
>» 0 iH -H 0 S M
T3 0 «H O H
O *» >» O M 0 fc
JO 0 fl M O
«H 0 • O t-» •
0 *° -5 M £ O. 3 6
ti « h O M O 0

« 1
^ O. 0
we IH  a •> 1-* 1-10
0 0 C 0 § -rt
>% O i-l -H 0 3 4J
•e 0 1-1 o x
O M >s U V« 0 W
^0i-t CO O
«H 0 • U 11
• •O C >» «-H 0
0 ^-H eo s* a B
> 0 O 0 0 O





•
s
M
                                                                      -rl  C
                -a
                o
             0 V
             r
•o

o
                               I
                               •o
•o

o
                IK
                at
                o
                o\
                  u
                  0)
                            (M
                                     a
                                     u
                                            CM
        Z «w M
           O « tH
        «   PM «
        W «    >
        f) <-4 K «
        • « 0 iJ
        1-1 a cn
        K -H    4)
        < o
b
csi
                M
                          O
                          •a
      a
      o
     •o
                                    O  <-»
      o
     •o
                          >»   >»    >»    >%
                          i-t    iH   f-4 B f-4
                          •H    l-l   -H O 1-1
                          0    0    0 -rt  0
O
•a

>•
f-i
•H
0
0

O
•o


^
*
0 0 O 0
06 OS Q 06

B
0
•H
1 I
**
0
1-4
0
•a
M
B
O
•H
1 t
«W
0
rH
l-l 0
u u "c
MO M








2
O
06
g
0
•o
m

MH
O
g
jj
g
•H
B
•H
ac

/— «
^j
^
                                            5-3

-------
                                                                  & ft Systems, JHC.
 Acute toxicity studies are useful in (1) providing a quantitative measure of
 acute toxicity (U>50)  for comparison with other chemicals, (2) identifying the
 functions or organs most severely affected and (3) defining the appropriate
 doses to be used in longer-term studies (subchronic, chronic).

 5.1.2     Subchronic Studies

 Following acute toxicity testing, the chemical is next tested for toxicity
 following subchronic exposure,  usually between five and 90 days.  Doses are
 administered daily to  both sexes of at least two species (e.g., rats and dogs)
 by the expected route(s) of human exposure.  At least three dose levels of the
 test chemical are used.  These  doses are selected to span the full
 dose-response range and to define the NOAEL or LOAEL if possible.  A variety
 of parameters are monitored as  described in Table 5-1.  If one or more unique
 endpoints are recognized as being especially characteristic of the chemical's
 effects, more detailed attention is focused on them.

 5.1.3     Chronic Studies

 Chronic studies are performed similarly to subchronic studies, except that
 emphasis is placed on  searching for evidence of slowly emerging adverse
 effects (e.g., cancer).  Doses  are generally selected to be low enough that
 most animals survive the full exposure period.  Larger numbers of animals are
 employed to obtain statistically significant results in endpoints that
 naturally vary among individuals (e.g., longevity, tumor frequency).

 In summary, testing protocols in animals are designed*to identify the .
.principal adverse effects of a  chemical'as a function of dose, route of
 exposure, species and  sex of test animals and duration of exposure.  When
 carefully performed, these studies will yield NOAEL or LOAEL values for the
 most sensitive noncarcinogenic  endpoint for each route and length of exposure,
 and, if carcinogenic,  a 'tries  of exposure levels corresponding to excess
 cancer risks of 10  ,  10"° and  10  .

 5*2       Clinical Studies in Humans

 The medical community  often reports detailed descriptions of human diseases
 and other health problems resulting from exposure to toxic chemicals.
 Exposures may be accidental (e.g., a farmer applying pesticide without proper
 protection) or intentional (e.g., suicide or homicide).   In view of the
 difficulties and uncertainties  in extrapolating toxicological information from
 animals to humans, this sort of direct toxicological observation is especially
 valuable in characterizing toxic responses of clinical significance in humans.
 Unfortunately, clinical studies are rarely sufficient to provide a complete
 description of a chemical's toxicity.  This is because clinical observations
 are usually available  on only a small number of individuals, and quantitative
 information on the exposure levels causing the effect are rarely known.   This
 absence of quantitative dose information diminishes the  usefulness of clinical
 studies in estimating  a NOAEL or LOAEL in humans.  Additionally, even when
 exposure levels are known, these levels are usually high on the dose-response
 curve and so are not of direct  use In defining the NOAEL in humans.  Finally,
 clinical studies do not account for factors such as age, smoking or previous
 exposure to other chemicals.


                                       5-4

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
5.3       Epidemiological Studies

Epidemiological studies seek to determine whether or not correlations  exist
between the frequency or prevalence of a disease or health  condition in human
populations and some specific factor such as concentration  of  a  toxic  chemical
in the environment.  The major advantages of epidemiological studies are that
they are based on large numbers of humans and exposure levels  are  usually
sub-clinical.  Thus the data are directly relevant, with no need to
extrapolate from data in animals or to make projections from a small number of
humans exposed to a high dose of the chemical.

5.3.1     Types of Epidemiological Studies

This section provides a discussion of the three basic types of epidemiological
studies and the considerations associated with data derived from such  studies.

5.3.1.1   Retrospective Studies

In most instances the most feasible approach in terms of cost, time  and
statistical power is through a retrospective (case-control) study, which
compares diseased persons (cases) with non-diseased persons (controls)  and
works back in time to determine exposure.  The validity of  a retrospective
study depends upon careful selection of the control group.  The  control group
should be similar to the case group in all respects except  exposure  for the
risk factor under investigation.  The distribution for age, sex, race,
socioeconomic status, education, emotional status and other potentially
confounding factors should be the same for each group.

The design of a typical retrospective study is shown in Figure 5-1.

Weaknesses in retrospective studies include confounding factors  and  biases.
Errors in detecting a cause and effect relationship can stem from failure to
account and adjust for all confounding factors related to the disease and risk
factor under consideration.  This task is complicated in retrospective  studies
by the lack of accurate historical data.  Due to the dependence  on recall
data, retrospective studies are especially subject to biases.  For example,
diseased patients may be more likely to recall exposure than non-diseased
patients.

5.3.1.2   Prospective Studies

Prospective (cohort) studies examine the development of a disease or condition
in a group (cohort) of persons who have been determined to be presently free
of the disease or condition.  The cohort consists of subgroups who have and
have not been exposed to a toxic chemical.  The subgroups of the cohort are
then followed for several years to observe differences in the rate at which
disease develops in relation to exposure to the toxic chemical.  The design of
a typical prospective study is shown in Figure 5-2.

Compared to retrospective studies, prospective studies are advantageous in
that exposure amounts are observable and likely to be more reliable than
recalled exposure which may have occurred years before.   Often elaborate
                                      5-5

-------
                                                            &fe Systems, Jnc.
                        Sample Population
       Cases (Have Disease)
                          Controls (No Disease)
                           Trace Exposure
                           To Risk Factor
                           Back In Time
   Exposed To
   Risk Factor
UnexposedTo
 Risk Factor
Exposed To
Risk Factor
Unexposed To
 Risk Factor
FIGURE 5-1  DESIGN OF  TYPICAL RETROSPECTIVE (CASE-CONTROL)  STUDY
   A group of persons (cases) having an  injury,  condition or
   disease (e.g.* cancer) is selected  and  their  past history
   with respect to a risk factor  (e.g.,  exposure to a carcino-
   gen) is compared to a group of persons  (controls) who do
   not have the injury condition or disease.   Careful statis-
   tical analysis of the data is performed to determine
   whether there is an association between the specific risk
   factor and the condition.
                                5-6

-------
                                                           £ife Systems, Jnc.
                                    Sample Population
                           Disease-Free                   Individuals
                           Individuals                   With Disease
          Exposed To                        Unexposed To
          Risk Factor                         Risk Factor
   With            Without             With             Without
  Disease           Disease            Disease           Disease
  FIGURE 5-2  DESIGN OF TYPICAL PROSPECTIVE  (COHORT)  STUDY
First* a disease-free group is selected from the general
population.  This group is then divided into subgroups
according to the  presence or absence of a risk factor
(e.g., exposure to a carcinogen).  A toxicological endpoint
(e.g., cancer  Incidence) is measured in the  two groups to
determine whether a relationship exists between presence of
the risk factor and development of a disease (e.g.,  cancer).
                             5-7

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, JHC.
physical examinations and environmental monitoring are part of the prospective      *
study protocol and subjects are followed for many years.  This permits
observation of and adjustment for confounding factors.  Also, moving forward
in time allows latency (the time from initial exposure to disease diagnosis)
to be more accurately measured.  Unfortunately, failure to observe some study
variable that later is found to be Important can negate the value of a study;
thus prospective study protocols specify that many characteristics be
observed.  Not surprisingly, prospective studies are more expensive and time
consuming than retrospective studies.

The most difficult challenge in a prospective study is selecting the two
subgroups. For example, it would be difficult to select a comparison subgroup
(i.e., not exposed to risk factor) for a subgroup of industrial workers
exposed to toxic chemical.  Other individuals exposed to similar stresses and
living similar lifestyles, but having no exposure to the chemical, may be
Impossible to identify.

5.3.1.3   Prevalence Studies

Prevalence (cross-sectional) studies examine the relationships between
diseases and exposure as they exist in a defined population at one particular
time.  Analysis of data collected in a prevalence study focuses on the
correlation between the Incidence of a disease and selected risk factors
(e.g., exposure to a carcinogen).  Sometimes it is possible to obtain
dose-response curves that relate the frequency and/or severity of some
biological effect to the intensity of the exposure.  The design of a typical
prevalence study is summarized in Figure 5-3.

The key limitation to prevalence studies stems from the fact that they
represent a "snapshot" in time.  They may point out a relationship, but do not
describe how such a relationship may have developed.  More importantly,
since prevalence studies eliminate the time relationship between exposure to
an environmental hazard and development of a biological effect, some
cause-and-effect relationships may not be detected.  One Important value of a
prevalence study is that it can identify the best source of controls for a
retrospective study and is essentially the first step in conducting a
prospective study.

5.3.2     Uncertainties and Limitations Associated with Epidemiological Data

The conclusions derived from epidemiological studies can be strengthened when
the Investigators are aware of and deal with the most common limitations
associated with such studies.  These include the following:

     e Confounding Factors.  Confounding factors are variables which the
       epidemiologist cannot control, but which may influence the parameter
       being measured.  For example, smoking is a confounding variable in
       measurements of cancer frequency, and age and weight are confounding
       factors in measuring blood pressure.  When confounding factors are
       recognized, it Is sometimes possible to correct for them.  However,
       this is often not possible, and in some cases the nature of all
       confounding variables are not even known.
                                      5-8

-------
                                                           &fe Systems, JHC.
                       Sample Population
                               i
1
With
Disease
And
Exposed
To
Risk Factor
1
With
; Disease
And
Unexposed
To
Risk Factor
1
Without
Disease
And
Exposed
To
Risk Factor
1
Without
Disease
And
Unexposed
To
Risk Factor
FIGURE 5-3  DESIGN OF TYPICAL PREVALENCE  (CROSS-SECTIONAL) STUDY
  A group of in Individuals ±a selected and each is  carefully
  investigated to determine (1)  the present degree of  exposure
  to a toxic chemical (i.e., at  the time of the  study) and
  (2) the present health status  of the individual (presence
  or absence of specific diseases or adverse effects).
                              5-9

-------
                                                                  J&fe Systems, Jnc.
     • Bias.  Bias is the collection of data that is not truly representative
       of the whole population* but is characteristic of some subgroup.  Bias
       may be introduced, for example, by falling to adjust for age. socio-
       economic status, smoking, weight or other variables, or by failing to
       follow all members of the exposed and control groups during prospective
       studies.  This is especially true when effects being measured have a
       long latency, as is true for cancer.

     e Data Analysis.  The primary question in any epidemlological study is
       whether an association or correlation between some risk factor and a
       biological effect is Indicative of a causal relationship or is simply
       random.  A number of statistical techniques, such as multivariate
       analysis, determine whether a significant association should be
       accepted as causal* and proper use and interpretation of these
       statistical methods is essential.  In addition, it is important that
       the data make sense biologically.  For example, given the long latency
       period for cancer, a large Increase In cancer incidence in one month
       does not make sense biologically.

5.4       Ecotoxicologlcal Studies

The presence of toxic chemicals in the environment may adversely affect the
abundance, species composition and diversity, stability, productivity and
physiological condition of indigenous fish and wildlife populations.  Methods
used for assessing the effects of toxic chemicals on these populations include
the collection, identification and counting of organisms*, blomass measure-
ments, measurements of metabolic rates, and measurements of the toxicity,
bioaccumulation and biomagnification of toxic chemicals.  Testing for these
effects may be conducted with representative species of plankton, periphyton,
macrophytes, macroinvertebrates, fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds on mammals.
These single-species studies are usually very similar .in design and objectives
to studies using Inbred laboratory animals, and many of the key considerations
are the same (dose-response relationships, effect of duration, differences In
sensitivity between species, etc.).  The main difference is that species
employed in ecotoxlcological tests are selected to be representative of
indigenous fish and wildlife, while laboratory animals are intended to serve
as models for humans.

This section discusses the types of laboratory experiments (short-term,
intermediate and long-term bioassays) which are performed in order to assess
the toxicity of chemicals on representative test species, provides an example
of a typical single-species experiment and discusses some of the limitations
of ecotoxicological data relative to long-term exposure potential.

5.4.1     Bioassays

Bioassays measure the responses of test organisms to a particular chemical.
Bioassays are useful in determining the suitability of certain environmental
conditions for life, the effects of environmental factors (e.g., pH,
temperature) on the toxicity of a chemical and the comparative sensitivity of
organisms to a chemical.  Bioassays are typically classified according to
duration of exposure (short-term, intermediate or long-term).
                                     5-10

-------
                                                                  £lfc Systems, Jnc.
5.4.1.1   Short-Term Bioassays

Short-term  (acute) bioassays are generally used to determine  the  level of  a
toxic chemical that produces lethality in a specified percentage  of test
organisms over a specified period of time.  Acute toxicity  tests  may be
categorized as range-finding or definitive tests.  Range-finding  tests are
usually 24-hour tests conducted to determine the concentration  to be used  in
the definitive tests.  The test organisms are exposed to a  wide range  of
concentrations to determine the highest concentration that  killed no (or few)
organisms and the lowest concentration that killed all  (or  most)  organisms.
Definitive tests then employ a series of concentrations between those  highest
and lowest lethal concentrations.

Experimentally, a 50Z effect is the most reproducible adverse effect.   The
most frequently used measure of acute toxicity is the median  lethal concentra-
tion or dose (LC_0 or LD__).  Acute definitive tests provide  an indication of
concentrations that should be used in conducting partial or complete life-cycle
tests.

5.4.1.2   Intermediate-Term Bioassays

No sharp division exists between short- and intermediate-term bioassays or
between intermediate- and long-term bioassays.  Generally,  tests  lasting eight
days or less are considered to be short-term; tests lasting 8 to  90 days are
considered intermediate-term.  Duration of exposure is the  only difference in
these tests.

5.4.1.3   Long-Term Bioassays

Long-term bioassays measure sublethal effects that occur through  chronic
exposure to concentrations lower than those causing acute effects.   When
long-term bioassays are conducted, exposure continues over  as much of  the  life
cycle as possible.  In life-cycle and partial life-cycle bioassays,  the
objective is to determine the maximum allowable toxicant concentration (MATC),
(the concentration of a toxic chemical that may be present without  causing
significant harm).  Parameters measured by this type of bioassay  include
growth, reproduction, maturation, spawning, hatching, survival, behavior and
bioaccumulation.

The EPA has developed guidelines for conducting a variety of  ecotoxicological
tests.  A list of these guidelines appears in Table 5-2.  These guidelines
present methodologies for each test.  The EPA has also developed  support
documents that provide the scientific rationale used in the development of the
test guidelines.

5.4.2     An Example of an Acute Toxicity Study on Fish

An example of a representative single-species study is the acute  toxicity  test
for fish.  A range-finding test is initially conducted to determine  the range
of concentrations to be used in the definitive test.   For the definitive test,
a minimum of 20 fish are exposed to each of five or more concentrations in two
or more replicate test chambers.  Controls are exposed to the same experi-
mental conditions as the test fish, but are not exposed to the test chemical.


                                     5-11

-------
                                                 J&fe Systems, Jnc.
TABLE 5-2  ECOTOXICOLOGICAL TESTS FOR WHICH EPA
           HAS DEVELOPED GUIDELINES
Daphnid Acute Toxicity Test

Daphnid Chronic Toxicity Test

Mysid Shrinp Acute Toxicity Test

Mysid Shrlap Chronic Toxicity Test

Oyster Acute Toxicity TEst

Oyster Bloconcentration Test

Penaeid Shrimp Acute Toxicity Test

Algal Acute Toxicity Test

Fish Acute Toxicity Test

Fish Bloconcentration Test

Fish Early Life Stage Toxicity Test

Seed Germination/Root Elongation Toxicity Test

Early Seedling Growth Toxicity Test

Plant Uptake and Translocation Test

Avian Dietary Test

Bobwhite Reproduction Test

Mallard Reproduction Test

Lemna Acute Toxicity Test
                     5-12

-------
                                                                 ttfe Systems, JHC.
Recommended species for this test Include the rainbow trout (Salmo galrdneri),
blueglll sunflsh (Lepomls macrochirus) and fathead minnow (Pimephales
promeleas).  These species were selected based on the following factors:

     e  A large toxicity data base exists for each species
     e  All species are readily available and easy to maintain
     e  All species are widely distributed in the aquatic environment
     e  Economically important species are represented

In conducting this test, juvenile fish of the same age and appearance are
used.  After a specified period of acclimation, the fish are exposed to the
test chemical under either flow-through or static conditions.

Data that should be collected, recorded or derived include:

     e  Detailed information about the test fish, including:   the scientific
        name, average weight (wet weight), standard length, age, source,
        history, observed diseases, treatments, mortalities, acclimation
        procedures and food used.

     e  Detailed information about the test system, including:  number of
        replicates used, number of organisms per replicate, loading rate, flow
        rate for flow-through tests, levels of dissolved oxygen, pH and the
        temperature and lighting regime.

     e  Information about the test conditions, including:  solvent used, the
        test chemical concentration in the stock solution, the highest solvent
        concentration In the test solution, and a description of the
        solubility of the test chemical in water, other solvents used and the
        concentration of the test chemical in each test chamber Just before
        the start of the test and at all subsequent sampling periods.

     e  Methods and data records of all chemical analyses of water quality
        parameters and test substance concentrations, including method
        validations and reagent blanks.

     e  The number and percentage of test organisms that died, and the number
        that showed any abnormal effects in the control and in each test
        chamber at each observation period.

     e  The 24-, 48-, 72- and 96-hour LC-Q values and confidence limits and
        the methods used to calculate the LC__ values and their confidence
        limits.                             3U

     e  When available, the no-observed-effect level (the highest
        concentration tested at which there were no mortalities or abnormal
        behavioral or physiological effects).

     e  The concentration-response curve at each observation period for which
        LC_. values were calculated.
                                     5-13

-------
                                                                 £ifc Systems, Jut
5.4.3     Limitations of Ecotoxicological Studies

The short-term nature of nost studies on representative species from the
ecosystem limits their usefulness in assessing the affects of long-term
exposure.  Specific limitations include the following:

     •  Bioaccumulation.  The concentration of a chemical within an organism
        may be increased by bioaccumulation.  The properties of a chemical
        which contribute to high bioaccumulation include a high partition
        coefficient and resistance to degradation.  A short-term study may not
        allow sufficient time for bioaccumulation to play a significant role.

     e  Effects of latency.  For some ecotoxicological endpoints (e.g.,
        carcinogenicity), the observed effect may be delayed from the time of
        initial exposure.  Short-term studies may, therefore, fail to detect
        the majority of late-occurring effects.

     •  Interactions and synergisms.  It is likely, especially at a hazardous
        waste site, that many different chemicals escape from the site into the
        environment.  This greatly complicates the task of assessing the hazard
        involved, since interactions between chemicals can increase or decrease
        the toxicity of specific chemicals.

     e  Fluctuations in susceptibility.  Susceptibility may vary considerably
        over the lifetime of the organism (e.g., during rapid growth periods)
        and, therefore, may not be addressed in a short-term study.
                         *

     e  Sporadic or uneven exposure.  Long-term exposure of indigenous species
        in the environment may include periods of uneven or sporadic exposure.
        This could be caused, for example, by variations in chemical or
        biological degradation rates of the chemical, seasonal animal
        migration patterns and changes in river water level and flow.  Test
        animals, on the other hand, tend to receive constant exposure for a
        specified period.  The effect of such different treatments, even when
        the total dose is the same, is still unknown.

5.5       Key Guidance and Implementation Documents

DeBell 6, ed. 1970.  Environmental Handbook.  New York:  Ballantine Books.

NAS.  1981.  National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council.  Testing
for effects of chemicals on ecosystems.  Washington, DC:  National Academy
Press.

USEFA.  1978.  Short-term tests for health and ecological effects.
Washington, DC:  Office of Toxic Substances, EPA 600/9-78-037.

5.6       Background References

Blair A, Spirtas R. 1981.  Use of occupational cohort studies in risk
assessment.  In:  Richmond CR, Walsh PJ, Copenhauer ED, eds.  Health risk
analysis-proceedings of the third life sciences symposium.  Philadelphia,*
Pennslyvania:  Franklin Institute Press, pp. 97-108.


                                     5-14

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
Cantor KP.  1981.  Hunan case-control studies in risk assessment.  In:
Richmond CR, Walsh PJ, Copenhauer ED, eds.  Health risk analysis-proceedings
of the third life sciences symposium.  Philadelphia, Pennslyvania:  Franklin
Institute Press, pp. 109-120.

Chiazze L, Lundin FE, Watkins D, eds.  1983.  Methods and issues in
occupational and environmental epidemiology.  Ann Arbor, Michigan:  Ann Arbor
Science Publishers.

Lave, LB.  1982.  Methods of risk assessment.  In Lave LB, eds.   Quantitative
risk assessment in regulation.  Washington, DC:  Brookings Institution,
pp. 23-54.

Lauwerys RR.  1980.  Occupational toxicology.  In:  Doull J,  Klaasen DC, Amdur
MO, eds. Casarett and Doull's toxicology.  The basic science  of  poisons, 2nd
ed. New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., pp. 699-709.

Mclntyre AD, Mills CF, eds.  1976.  Ecological toxicology Research.   New York:
Plenum Press.
                                     5-15

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
6.0       EXTRAPOLATION OF TOXICOLOGICAL DATA FROM ANIMALS TO HUMANS

If it were possible to obtain detailed toxieological information on a chemical
directly from studies in humans, it would not be too difficult to calculate
appropriate exposure limits or risk estimates that define the levels at or
below which no significant adverse effects would occur in an exposed human
population.  However* good quantitative toxicity data in humans for a specific
toxic chemical are often limited or absent, and derivation of exposure limits
that are applicable to humans nearly always requires extrapolation of results
obtained in animals.  In view of the many potential differences among species
with respect to sensitivity to toxic chemicals (see section 4.3), it is not
surprising that extrapolations of this sort are rather complicated and
sometimes involve considerable uncertainty.  This chapter describes the major
problems and uncertainties involved in deriving human exposure standards from
studies in animals, and the means that are currently used to circumvent these
problems and uncertainties.

6.1       Selection of Appropriate Studies

The first step in derivation of an exposure limit or risk estimate is review of
existing toxieological data and selection of the most applicable study or
studies.  The factors which are important in making this selection are:

     e  Route of Exposure.  Because absorption and toxicity of a chemical
        often depend on the route of exposure (see section 4.1), it is
        Important that an inhalation standard be based on inhalation data, that
        a water standard be based on ingestion data and so on.  Exceptions to
        this rule should be viewed with caution.

     e  Duration of Exposure.  Because the toxic effects of some chemicals tend
        to accumulate with time (see section 4.2), it is important to select a
        study involving long-term exposure for derivation of a standard
        intended to provide protection from chronic exposure.

     e  Species of Animal.  Since there are sometimes considerable differences
        in sensitivity to a chemical among species (see section 4.3), it is
        nearly always desirable to select studies involving humans when
        sufficient data are available.  When human data are sparse,  care
        should be taken not to select a study in an animal that is known to be
        significantly different from humans in sensitivity or response to the
        chemical.

     e  Endpoint.  Many chemicals produce multiple effects (see section 4.4).
        It is important to identify the most appropriate endpoint of a
        chemical's toxicity and select a study which has determined a NOAEL or
        LOAEL value on the basis of that endpoint.

     e  Statistical Significance.  Fluctuation in measurements and variations
        among animals is an inherent aspect of toxieological investigations.
        It is not always simple to determine whether a chemical has caused an
        effect or not.  Statistical analysis of the data is the most objective
        means of answering the question:  "How certain is it that the chemical
                                      6-1

-------
                                                                 Jdfc Systems, Jnc.
        did (or did not) cause an effect?"  Table 6-1 summarizes some common
        statistical terms, and Table 6-2 illustrates the statistical analysis
        of some sample data.  In general, an effect is not considered to be
        statistically significant unless there is 95Z confidence that a change
        did occur.

     e  Study Quality.  While statistical analysis is very useful in judging
        the significance (or lack thereof) of experimental results, more
        subjective analysis of the quality of the study must also be
        performed.  This analysis should consider, for example, possible flaws
        in the measuring techniques, failure to consider all important
        variables, biased experimental design and so on.  This sort of
        critiquing of a study requires intimate familiarity with all aspects
        of the study and can only be done by an experienced toxlcologist.

6.2       Conversion of Dose Levels

When the study or studies selected as most appropriate involve animals, the
doses administered to the animals must be converted to an equivalent dose in
humans.  When an animal is exposed to a chemical in a laboratory study
Involving oral exposure, it is customary to describe the amount of chemical
the animal ingests in units of mg chemical per kg body weight (mg/kg).  If
humans and animals were equally sensitive to the chemical on this basis
(weight equivalence),, then a dose without effect in the animal would also be
without effect in humans.  However, a considerable body of laboratpry data in
animals and clinical data in humans indicates that doses expressed in these
units are not toxlcologically equivalent in animals of different sizes, and
that a dose producing no effect in mice might indeed produce an effect in
humans.

Studies of effect levels of chemicals Indicate that a better correlation among
different species exists between toxicity and dose when doses are expressed in
units of mg chemical per unit surface area (mg/m ).  The theoretical basis for
this correlation is not obvious, but a large number of physiological
parameters, including surface area, are approximately proportional to the
two-thirds power of body weight.  These parameters include metabolic rates,
oxygen consumption, blood volume, kidney function, thyroid function, brain
weight, liver weight, cardiac output, blood pressure and extracellular water
volume.  Since many of these parameters are related to the absorption,
distribution, excretion, metabolism and mechanisms of toxicity of chemicals,
surface area is used as a convenient physical parameter which is proportional
to the physiological rates and functions that are directly affected.

The use of surface area equivalence in dose conversions yields calculated
doses that are lower than if weight equivalence is used.  Comparative data are
presented in Table 6-3, which shows the doses in several species calculated to
be equivalent to a dose of 2 mg in a 20 g mouse (100 mg/kg).  Using weight
equivalence, the same dose in a 70-kg human is 7,000 mg (100 mg/kg), but if
surface area equivalence is used, the dose is only 776 mg (11 mg/kg).

Conversion of doses (expressed in units of mg/kg) in one species to
surface-area equivalent doses (also expressed as mg/kg) in another species may
be accomplished by simply multiplying by a conversion factor, as follows:


                                      6-2

-------
                                                                  Jdfe Systems, JHC.
                  TABLE 6-1  STATISTICAL TERMS AMD THEIR USE


Sample Size  (N) - The sample size must be sufficient  to  establish  statistical
significance of the results.  Statistical significance increases as  function
of the number of animals used in the experiment.  The acceptable number needed
for an experiment depends on the type of effect studied  (acute, chronic,
etc.), the length of the experiment, and the degree of control that  can be
placed over the experiment.

Mean - In samples, as well as in populations, there are  generally  a  preponder-
ance of values somewhere around the middle of the range  of observed  values.
The mean is the most widely used measure of this central tendency.   The mean
is calculated as the sum of all the sample values divided by the sample size.
Measures of Dispersion and Variability - Whereas the mean provides a measure
of central tendency, other measures provide an indication of how tightly the
data are distributed around a mean or, conversely, how variable the measure-
ments are.  Many such distributions are found to conform to a normal "bell
shaped" distribution.  Generally, statistical significance increases as
variability decreases.  The most common measure of variability is variance,
the sum of the squares of the deviations from the mean divided by N-l.


                             V.ri«c. -


The positive square root of the variance is called the standard deviation
(SD).  If random samples of size N are drawn from a normal population, the
standard error of the means (SEN) is calculated by dividing the SD by the
square root of the sample size.
Statistical Significance - Many investigations address the hypothesis that a
given chemical produces a significant effect in a treated group as compared to
an untreated control group (i.e., the sample data are derived from two
statistically different populations).  The F-value is the probability that the
hypothesis is false based on the data collected.  The smaller the P-value the
greater the confidence in the truth of the hypothesis.  Generally, the greater
the observed differences between the treated and untreated groups the smaller
the P-value.  The significance level o is the criteria by which the hypothesis
is rejected or accepted.  Many studies use a 5Z significance level, i.e., if
P>.05, the hypothesis is rejected.  However, if a test result fails to meet
the criteria of significance for proving an effect has occurred, that does not
prove the effect did not occur.  The strength of a negative conclusion is
evaluated by a power test.  A power test provides an estimate of the
probability that an experiment would detect an effect if it were present.  For
small effects, tests with high power (large numbers of animals, precise
measuring techniques) are required.
                                      6-3

-------
                                                                 Jdfe Systems, Jm.
             TABLE 6-2  STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF HYPOTHETICAL DATA


                            Blood Pressure, mm Hg	
                           Control            Exposed
                        (Not Exposed)       to Chemical

                              100              107
                              110               92
                               93              115
                              107              116
                               85              112
                              108               96
                               94              101
                               86              115
                              105              111
                               78               99

                        X      96.9            106.4
                       SD      11.1              8.8

                                    P<0.05
Assume 20 animals are divided into two groups of ten.  The first group
(control) is not exposed to the chemical, while the second group is exposed to
a dose of some chemical suspected of causing increased blood pressure.  After
exposure, the mean blood pressure of each animal is measured, with the results
shown above.  Exposure to the chemical.did produce an increase in mean blood
pressure (X), but is this really caused by the chemical or is this change
random?  To answer this, first the standard deviations are derived, and then a
P value is calculated.  Since P is less than 0.05, there is a 95Z probability
that the change observed did not occur by random, but is a real effect caused
by the chemical.
                                      6-4

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
                TABLE 6-3  COMPARISON OF DOSE CONVERSIONS USING
                      SURFACE AREA AND WEIGHT EQUIVALENCE
  Species

Mouse
Rat
Guinea Pig
Rabbit
Cat
Monkey
Dog
Human
Weight, g

      20
     200
     4QO
   1,500
   2,000
   4,000
  12,000
  70,000
 Surface.
Area, em

      46
     325
     564
   1,272
   1,381
   2,975
   5,766
  18,000
                                               Calculated Dose,  mg
                                                                  (a)
  Weight
Equivalence

       2
      20
      40
     150
     200
     400
   1,200
   7,000
Surface Area
Equivalence

       2
      14
      24
      55
      59
     128
     248
     776
(a) Based on a dose of 2 mg in a 20 g mouse (100 mg/kg).
Adapted from Klaassen and Doull (1980).
                                      6-5

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
where:
      D_ - the human equivalent dose  (mg/kg)
      D. * the animal dose (mg/kg)
      \r • human body weight (kg)
      W][ - animal body weight (kg)

Table 6-4 lists the factors for converting doses in animals to doses. in
humans employing the weights given in Table 6-3.  The term (wA/wn)    to
estimate body surface area ratios is employed because weight canbe measured
easily but surface area cannot.  If actual surface areas were employed the
result would differ slightly.  A sample calculation using this equation is
presented below.

Sample Calculation

To convert a dose of 100 mg/kg in the mouse to an equivalent dose in humans,
simply multiply by the conversion factor for the mouse:

      (100 mg/kg) (0.066) - 6.6 mg/kg

where:
      100 mg/kg » dose in mouse
     0.066 • dose conversion factor (assuming surface area equivalence)
     6.6 mg/kg • calculated equivalent dose In humans

6.3       Correction for Toxieokinetic Differences

The principal reason that data from animals are not directly applicable to
humans is that there are toxicokinetic differences (differences in ingestion,
inhalation, absorption or metabolism) among species.  Whenever there are good
quantitative data that characterize these differences, it is possible to
correct for them.  For example, if an oral dose of 100 mg/kg is 30Z absorbed
in rats, this corresponds to an absorbed dose of 30 mg/kg.  If an oral dose of
100 mg/kg of the same chemical is 60Z absorbed in humans, this corresponds to
an absorbed dose of 60 mg/kg.  Clearly, the same oral dose (100 mg/kg) would
be more effective in humans than in rats.  This is simply corrected for, as
follows :
For  the above example  the calculation would be as follows:

      (100 mg/kg) (30Z/60Z) • 50 mg/kg

where :
      100 mg/kg - dose  in rat
      30Z - absorption  in rat
      60Z * absorption  in humans
      50 mg/kg - equivalent dose in humans
                                       6-6

-------
                                             &fe Systems, Jnc.
   TABLE 6-4  DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS


                                     ,1/3
  Species       Weight, kg
                  6-7
(WA/WH)
Mouse              0.02          0.066
Rat                0.2           0.142
Guinea Pig         0.4           0.179
Rabbit             1.5           0.278
Cat                2.0           0.306
Monkey             4.0           0.385
Dog               12.0           0.555
Hunan             70.0           1.000

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, Jnc.
Similar corrections may be employed to adjust for differences in absorption
across skin or lung and differences in rates of metabolism.  Unfortunately,
reliable quantitative toxlcokinetic data in animals and/or humans are
frequently lacking and objective corrections for differences in absorption or
metabolism are not possible in all cases.

6.4       High-Dose to Low-Dose Extrapolation

The design of experimental dose-response studies Is limited by two Important
practical considerations.  First* the researcher Is restricted to the study of
animal populations of manageable size, usually 100 to 1,000 animals.  Second,
the researcher is limited to the use of exposures that will produce a
measurable response in a test population of the size studied.   The task of
the toxicologist is then to extrapolate results obtained at high doses where
effects can be detected to expected results at low levels (more characteristic
of human exposure from the environment) where effects cannot be measured
directly.

Despite wide gaps in our knowledge of the metabolism and ultimate fate of
chemicals in man, properly conducted animal experiments have yielded results
that are predictive of the effects in humans.  Using appropriate statistical
treatment of the results of experiments on animals, a plausible estimate of
risk can be calculated that approximates the true risk in populations exposed
to known concentrations of a toxic chemical.  Such estimates are designed to
be highly conservative (i.e., the true risk is almost certainly lower than the
estimate).

Animal experiments, using relatively small numbers of subjects, must be per-
formed at doses high enough to provide measurable toxic effects in a
relatively short time period.  Since adverse effects at very low exposures are
often not apparent, estimates of risk from low exposures are based on the
downward extrapolation of the dose-response curve from relatively high dose
levels.  Therefore, to estimate the probability of effects (response) at dose
levels outside the experimental range, it is necessary to make an assumption
concerning the shape of the dose-response curve at the low dose range.

Many mathematical models have been developed which make this downward
extrapolation.  The dose-response curve, depending on the mathematical model
used, may be convex, linear, or concave at low doses (see Figure 6-1).  A
curve that is concave at low doses will lie above one that is linear and a
curve that is convex will lie below one that is linear.  Consequently, if the
curve is approximated at low doses by a straight line, the approximation will
overestimate risk if the true response curve is convex, and underestimate risk
if the true response curve is concave.

Six models for extrapolating to low dose are routinely used: the probit model,
logit model, Weilbull model, linearized multistage model, one-hit model, and
the gamma multi-hit model.  (These models are discussed in detail in Section
6.4.1)  The models are used to estimate a virtually safe dose (VSD), which
                                      6-8

-------
                                                         J&fe Systems, JHC.
                                            (a) = concave
                                            (b) = linear
                                            (c) = convex
                     Dose, Arbitrary Units
FIGURE 6-1  ILLUSTRATION OF DIFFERENT POSSIBLE SHAPES  OF
      THE DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE IN THE LOW DOSE RANGE
                           6-9

-------
                                                                 tife Systems, JHC.
is the dose level corresponding to a desired low level of response.  Although
each of the six models are frequently used in the assessment of risk, there is
substantial scientific disagreement about their relative merits.  The Proposed
Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment (USEPA 1984) recommends that the
linearized multistage model be utilized for high-to-low dose extrapolation
unless there is mechanistic or other biological evidence that indicates the
greater suitability of an alternative extrapolation model, or there is
statistical or biological evidence that excludes the use of the linearized
multistage model.

Figure 6-2 is an example of how the six models are applied to extrapolating
low dose-response from incidence of liver tumors in mice exposed to high
levels of DDT.  While each of the models was found to fit the experimental
data nearly equally well, they lead to very large differences when extrap-
olated to low doses, differing in this case by three to five orders of
magnitude (1,000- to 100,000-fold different).  The one hit and the linearized
multi-stage models are most conservative (i.e., give the highest risk
estimate).

6.4.1     Dose-Response Models

The following section describes the six models currently being used for
high-to-low dose extrapolation, their assumptions, similarities and limita-
tions.

There are two basic classes of dose-response models:

     e Tolerance Distribution Models
     e Stochastic or Mechanistic Models

These categories are not always distinct and some models may belong to both
categories.

Tolerance distribution models are based on the concept that each individual in
the population has its own tolerance to the test chemical.  If a dose does not
exceed the tolerance of an individual, then there will be no response by that
Individual.  If the dose exceeds the tolerance, then a response will be
observed.  It is assumed that the distribution of tolerances within the
population follows a normal (bell-shaped) distribution.  The probit and logit
models fall into this class.

Stochastic or mechanistic models including the one-hit, gamma multi-hit,
linearized multistage and Ueibull models, are derived from assumptions
regarding the mechanism of action of the toxic chemical upon its target site.
The "hit" theory for interaction between radiation particles and susceptible
biological targets has generated this general class of models.  This "hit"
theory is also.applicable to the action of toxic chemicals upon their target
sites.  The assumptions forming the basis of this theory include:
                                      6-10

-------
                                                                £ife Systems. Jnc.
   10
     -2
   10
     -4
o
0)
£
   10'8 -
10-'
                        10'4         10-2           1
                           Dose, ppm ODT in Daily Diet
102
FIGURE 6-2  DOSE-RESPONSE CURVE EXTRAPOLATIONS BY SIX MATHEMATICAL MODELS
        This figure illustrates the large differences between six
        mathematical models for extrapolation to the' low-dose
        range from a set of cancer frequency data at'high doses of
        DDT.

        Adapted from Brown (1974).
                                   6-11

-------
                                                                 £ife Systems, Jnc.
     1.   Th« organism has SOB* number of critical targets (susceptible cells
          or molecules);

     2.   The organism responds if one or more of these critical targets are
          injured;

     3.   A critical target is injured if it is "hit" by one or more toxic
          chemicals; and

     4.   The probability of a "hit" in the low-dose region is proportional to
          the dose level of the toxic chemical.

It should be noted that stochastic/mechanistic models of carcinogenesis
generally become linear at low dose levels.  This is because they assume that
all population members have identical susceptibility to the carcinogen.  If
this was not the case* the population dose-response relationship at very low
dose rates would be concave even though no absolute threshold for the
carcinogen exists.  Many researchers believe that the shape of the true
dose-response curve at low exposure levels is convex* i.e., may have some
degree of upward curvature (see Figure 6-1).  Therefore* linearity provides
conservative or overestimated extrapolated risk estimates at low doses.

6.4.2     Threshold Versus Nonthreshold Models

All the models described previously are nonthreshold models; i.e.* they assume
some positive probability of observing a response no matter how low the dose.
There has been much discussion over the existence of thresholds.  Some
scientists argue that responses to carcinogens are less likely to show a
threshold effect than responses to other toxic substances because cancer may
be produced by an event in a single cell.  Even if a threshold level does
exist* this level would probably vary among members of the population at risk
and the resulting dose-response curves would be indistinguishable from those
described by nonthreshold models.  For this reason* it appears that
nonthreshold models are appropriate to use in extrapolating the risk from
exposure to toxic chemicals.

6.4.3     Toxlcokinetic Considerations in High-To-Low Dose Extrapolation

Toxicokinetics is the study of the time course of an administered chemical and
its metabolites in the body.  The six models currently available for high-to-
low dose extrapolation described above assume that the biological fate of the
administered chemical is directly proportional to the administered dose.
However* this circumstance is not always the case.  It is now known that many
chemicals are only carcinogenic after they have been metabolized and that the
metabolic processes involved may not be proportional to the administered dose.
The high doses typically used in carcinogenesis bioassays often saturate
normal metabolic (detoxification) processes* resulting in nonproportional
relationships between nominal and effective doses.  If detoxification pathways
are saturated, then the effective dose will Increase more rapidly than a
proportional relationship would predict.  The overall consequence of a
nonproportional relationship is that the carcinogenic response may increase in
                                      6-12

-------
                                                                   ttft Systems, fac.
a nonlinear manner with increasing dose.  Therefore the mathematical models
used for extrapolation may overestimate the risks associated with low dose
levels of toxic chemicals.

6.5       Sources of Uncertainty

In the assessment of risks associated with toxic chemical exposure, there are
a number of sources of significant uncertainty.  Many of the sources of
uncertainty have been described in preceding sections, and are only
summarized here.

6.5.1     Sources of Uncertainty in Extrapolation from Animal Studies

6.5.1.1   High-to-Lov Dose Extrapolations

Toxicological studies are often conducted at doses of chemicals much higher
than those to which human populations are exposed in the environment.  For
responses thought to have no threshold (e.g., cancer), prediction of the
toxicological response at low doses of a chemical must be done mathematically.
Frequently, there is considerable uncertainty in this process, most often
because the data are too limited to define the dose-response curve precisely.
In addition, the best mathematical equation to describe the dose-response
curve may not be know.

6.5.1.2   Sealing Factors

Rodents are smaller than humans, they live approximately I/35th as long, and
their rates of metabolism and cell division are much faster.  These
differences influence chemical toxicity.  There .is some uncertainty whether
the proper way to scale or convert doses from animals to humans is on the
basis of relative body weights, relative surface areas, relative life spans,
or on some other basis.

6.5.1.3   Differences in Species' Sensitivity

There is a large data base of evidence that different species, even different
strains within species, have markedly different sensitivities to toxic
chemicals.  Animal species can exhibit differences in sensitivity to a
chemical of as much as 100-fold.  These differences are not accounted for in
scaling corrections and assumptions.

6.5.1.4   Individual Variation in Human Sensitivity

Even beyond differences among species, there is greater individual variation
in sensitivity among humans than among test animals.  This variation is a
result of the fact that humans are genetically heterogeneous, while test
animals are bred for genetic homogeneity.   The range of human sensitivities
creates an important source of uncertainty of unquantified magnitude in
assessing human risks.
                                     6-13

-------
                                                                   J&fe Systems, Jnc.
6.5.1.5   Interactions and Synergisms

Animals are usually exposed to only one test chemical In carefully controlled
settings.  Humans, however, are exposed to a vide variety of other chemicals
and environmental conditions.  The risk from multiple exposures may be greater
than the sum of the risks from exposure to Individual toxic chemicals.  Yet,
most synergisms have not been identified, let alone quantified.

6.5.2     Sources of Uncertainty in Epidemiological Studies

6.5.2.1   Confounding Factors

Epidemiological studies are performed in an uncontrolled setting, introducing
many unknown factors that can obscure true relationships between cause and
disease.  While it is usually possible to identify some confounding factors
and take them into account, it is very difficult to eliminate this problem
entirely.  Even the best epidemiological studies cannot usually detect effects
occurring at less than 50Z above the normal rate.

6.5.2.2   Effects of Latency

In the case of carcinogens, latency periods (the time from the first exposure
to diagnosis of disease) of 20 years or more are common.  Studies which do not
follow exposed subjects for their full lifetime can fail to detect a
carcinogenic effect entirely or can miss the majority of later occurring
cases.

6.5.2.3   Failure to Follow All Members of the Exposed Group

A common failure of occupational studies is the failure to follow employees
who change jobs.  Since ill employees are the most likely to leave employment,
ignoring this factor can be significant.  Their state of health, or even
whether they are still alive, is often not determined.  This tends to
understate the true risk.  Follow-up problems are even greater for many
nonoccupatlonal studies.

6.5.2.4   Ignorance of True Exposure Levels and Duration

Dose information is often highly speculative, especially for exposure
incidences taking place two or more decades in the past.  This problem is
especially severe in epidemiological studies concerning toxic chemicals
released in the environment.

6.5.2.5   Errors in Describing the Study and Control or Failures to Adjust for
          Age. Socioeconomic Status, and Other Variables

Errors in describing the group exposed and the comparison control group can
introduce serious errors into quantitative estimates.  Similar errors can
occur from failure to adjust for age, income, race and other variables.
                                      6-14

-------

                                                                   Oft Systems, JHC.
6.6       Approaches to Dealing with Uncertainty

When Chore are insufficient data to permit clear decisions in the toxicity
assessment process, two strategies are available.  The first is to assume
worst-case values; this strategy almost certainly ensures that calculated
values will not be too high* but may yield values that are lower than really
necessary.  The EPA's calculation of cancer risk estimates is a prominent
example of the application of this strategy.

A second approach to dealing with uncertainty is to employ uncertainty
factors.  These factors are intended to provide a sufficient "margin of error"
to account for uncertainties arising from all of the possible sources
described in sections 6.5.1 and 6.5.2.  It is a standard practice to employ
uncertainty factors in the derivation of noncarcinogenic guidelines and
standards.

Table 6-5 provides EPA .guidelines for selection of uncertainty factors for
evaluating acceptable dally intake (ADI) of noncarcinogenic chemicals based on
a NOAEL.  A minimum uncertainty factor of 10 is generally employed to account
for variations between individuals and to provide a basic margin of safety.
Additional uncertainty is added (usually by factors of 10) to account for use
of data from animals, or for use of limited or poor quality data, or data from
short-term studies.

The following is a hypothetical example of the use of this approach in
estimating an ADI for humans.
                                                                     «
Assume a hypothetical compound is widely used in the United States, and that
it is toxic to humans and animals, causing injury primarily to lung tissue.  A
two-year feeding study in rats indicates that doses of up to 170 ppm in the
diet (8.5 mg/kg/day) do not cause significant injury to lung or other tissues.
This is identified as the NOAEL.  Since no useful long-term or acute human
data exist, an uncertainty factor of 100 is appropriate, and the ADI is
calculated as follows:
                         . 8.5m«/kB/day . 0>Q85 ng/kg/day
                              100

Assuming 70 kg as the average weight of an adult human, and assuming
consumption of 2 L/day of water, if exposure were entirely through water, the
maximum acceptable water concentration would be:
                     (0.085 mg/kg/day) (70 kg)          ,
                      - : -         -   - 3.0 mg/L
If exposure were also occurring by other routes, the permissible level in
water would be reduced accordingly.  Assuming that 20Z of the ADI could come
from water, the maximum permissable level from water would be:

                     (0.20) (3.0 mg/L) - 0.6 mg/L
                                     6-15

-------
                                                                 Off Systems, JHC.

                                                                                   i
          TABLE 6-5  GUIDELINES FOR SELECTION OF UNCERTAINTY FACTORS


                               Uncertainty Factor	

1.   Use a 10-fold factor whan extrapolating from valid experimental results
     of studies on prolonged ingestion by humans.  This 10-fold factor
     protects the sensitive members of the human population estimated from
     data gathered on average healthy individuals.

2.   Use a 100-fold factor when extrapolating from valid results of long-term
     feeding studies on experimental animals when results of studies of human
     ingestion are not available or scanty (e.g., acute exposure only).  This
     represents an additional 10-fold uncertainty factor in extrapolating data
     from the average animal to the average human.

3.   Use a 1,000-fold factor when extrapolating from short-term study results
     from experimental animals when no useful long-term or acute human data
     are available.  This represents an additional 10-fold uncertainty factor
     in extrapolating from short-term to chronic exposures.

4.   Use an additional uncertainty factor of between 1 and 10,  depending on
     the sensitivity of the adverse effect, when deriving an ADI from a LOAEL.
     This uncertainty factor drops the LOAEL into the range of  a NOAEL.
Adapted from Dourson and Stara (1983).
                                     6-16

-------
                                                                  Oft Systems, Jnc.
Application of appropriate uncertainty factors in calculations of this sort
ensures that the resulting values will be sufficiently conservative  that no
adverse effects will occur in any exposed human population.

It is important to realize that methods for calculating ADI's are constantly
being reviewed by EPA for consistency with the latest toxicological  knowledge.
The method illustrated in this example, therefore, may be revised.

6.7       Key Guidance and Implementation Documents

Food Safety Council.  .1980.  Proposed system for food safety assessment.
Washington, DC:  Food Safety Council.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Proposed guidelines for
carcinogenic risk assessment.  Fed. Regist. 49-46294.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  .Proposed guidelines for
mutagenicity risk assessment.  Fed. Regist. 49-46314.

USEPA.  1983.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Criteria
and Assessment Office.  Guidance and methods for the use of acceptable daily
intakes (ADIs) in health risk assessment.  Cincinnati, OH:  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  ECAO-CIN-401.

USEPA.  1981.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Pesticides and
Toxic Substances.  Health'effects test guidelines.  Washington, DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency 560/6-82-001.

USEPA.  1979.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Proposed health effects
test standards for Toxic Substances Control Act test rules and proposed good
laboratory practice standards for health effects.  Fed. Regist. July 26, 1979,
44:44054-44093.

USEPA.  1977.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Interim procedures and
guidelines for health risk economic Impact assessments of suspected
carcinogens.  Fed. Regist. 41:21402-21405.

6.8       Background References

Albert RE, Train RE, Anderson E.  1977.  Rationale developed by the Environ-
mental Protection Agency for the assessment of carcinogenic risks.  J. Natl.
Cancer Inst.  58:1537-1541.

Anderson MW, Hoel DG, Kaplan NL.  1980.  A general scheme for the incorpora-
tion of pharmacokinetics in low-dose risk estimation for chemical carcinogene-
sis:  example—vinyl chloride.  Tox. Appl. Pharm. 55:154-161.

Brown CC.   1984.  High-to low-dose extrapolation in animals.  In:  Rodricks
JV, Tardiff RG, eds.  Assessment and management of chemical risks.  Washington
DC:  American Chemical Society, pp. 57-79.
                                     6-17

-------
                                                                   Jtife Systems, JMC.
Calahrese EJ.  1984.  Principles of animal extrapolation.  New York, NY:  John
Wiley and Sons.

Chevron Chemical Company.  1975.  Paraquat poisoning; a physician's guide for
emergency treatment and medical management.  San Francisco: Chevron Environ-
mental Health Center, pp. 66.

Crouch E, Wilson R.  1979.  Interspecies comparison of carcinogenic potency.
J. Toxicol. Envlro. Health 5:1095-1118.

Crump KS, Hoel DE, Langley CH, Peto R.  1976.  Fundamental carcinogenic pro-
cesses and their implication for low dose risk assessment.  Cancer Res.
36:2973-2979.

Crump KS, Howe R.  1980.  Approaches to carcinogenic, mutagenic and terato-
genic risk assessment.  Summary report.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  Contract no. 68-01-5975.

Dourson ML, Stara JF.  1983.  Regulatory history and experimental support of
uncertainty (safety) factors.  Reg. Toxicol. Pharmacol. 3:224-238.

Freireich EJ, Gehan EP, Rail DP, Schmidt LH, Skipper HE.  1966.  Quantitative
comparison of toxicity of anti-cancer agents in mouse, rat, hamster, dog,
monkey, and man.  Cancer Chemotherapy Rep. 50:219-244.

Gart J, Chu K, Tarone R.  1979.  Statistical issues in interpretation of
chronic bioassay tests for carcinogencity.  J. Nat. Can. Inst. 62:957-978.

Gehring PJ, Watanabe PG, Blau GE.  1979.  Risk assessment of environmental
carcinogens utilizing pharmacokinetic data.  Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 329:137-152.

Hoel DG, Kaplan NL, Anderson MW.  1983.  Implications of nonlinear kinetics
risk estimation in carcinogenesis.  Science 219:1032-1037.

Klaassen CD, Doull J.  1980.  Evaluation of safety:  toxicologic evaluation.
In:  Doull J, Klaassen CD, Amdur MO, eds.  Casarett and Doull's Toxicology.
New York:  Macmillan Publishing Co., p. 21.

Klippel CH.  1979.  Surface area versus skin area.  New Eng. J. Med. 301:730.

Lundin FE, Wagoner JK, Archer VE.  1971.  Radon daughter exposure and respira-
tory cancer: quantitative and temporal aspects.  NIOSH/NIEHS Joint Monograph
1.  U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.

Mantel N, Byran WR.  1961.  "Safety" testing of carcinogenic agents.  J. Nat.
Cancer Ins. 27:455.

Menzel DB, Smolko ED.  1984.  Interspecies Extrapolation.  In:  Rodrlcks JV,
Tardiff RG, eds.  Assessment and management of chemical risks.  Washington,
DC:  American Chemical Society, pp 23-25.
                                      6-18

-------
                                                                  Oft Systems, Jnc.
Rothman KJ, Keller AZ.  1972.   The effect of joint  exposure  at  alcohol and
tobacco on risk of cancer of the mouth and pharyns.   J. Chron.  Dis.
25:711-716.

Selikoff IJ, Hammond EC, Churg J.  1968.   Asbestos  exposure>  smoking and neo-
plasia.  J. Am. Hed. Assoc.  204:106-112.

Weisburger JH, Williams GM  1981.  Carcinogen testing: current  problems and
new approaches.  Science 214:401-407.
                                     6-19

-------


-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
7.0       EXPOSURE ASSESSMENTS

Exposure assessment  is  the process  of  collecting all  the  necessary information
to answer the following questions for  a  specific hazardous waste site:

        What chemicals  are present?
        In what media (air,  soil, water) do  these chemicals  occur?
        What amount  or  concentration of  each chemical is  present?
        What living  organisms  (humans, wildlife,  plants)  are exposed?
        By what routes  are these organisms exposed?
        What pattern and degree of  exposure  is expected in the  future?

When this information is combined with toxicological  data derived from,  the
toxicity assessment  process  (chapters  3.0 through 6.0), it is possible  to
derive reasonable estimates  of the  risks posed to the exposed organisms.

The purpose of this  chapter  is to explain various aspects of exposure
assessments as related  to actions at hazardous waste  sites.   This chapter does
not describe the technical means of collecting and analyzing exposure data or
the methodology of conducting exposure assessments.   Bather,  it explains the
types of data which  are required to permit the toxicologist  to  perform  a risk
assessment.  To accomplish this purpose, this chapter describes the steps in
assessing present, past, and future exposures.

7.1       Collection of Occurrence  Data

Adverse effects in living organisms are not  produced  unless  a toxic chemical
contacts the organism at a sufficient concentration and for  a sufficient
duration to initiate a  toxic effect.  Therefore, whether  or not a toxic effect
occurs depends not only on the properties of the  chemical and the character-
istics of the organism  in question, but also on a number  of exposure-related
factors.  The major  exposure-related factors that influence  toxicity are
route, duration and  frequency of exposure.   Therefore, one  type  of
information required in conducting  an exposure assessment is  knowledge  of the
identity and concentrations  of toxic chemicals in each possible exposure
medium (i.e., air, groundwater, surface water, soil and biota).   Two important
aspects of collecting this type of  information include an evaluation of the
history of the hazardous waste site and the  collection and analysis of
sampling data.  An important component of the collection/analysis  of data
involves the consideration of certain legal  requirements  (e.g., chaln-of-
custody requirements, quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) procedures) to
ensure the integrity of the  data.

7.1.1     Site History

In the assessment of exposure resulting from the presence of  toxic chemicals
at a hazardous waste site, an important initial step is an evaluation of the
history of the site.  The types of information typically required  in order to
adequately characterize the  history of a hazardous waste site are presented in
Table 7-1.  Especially  important to the performance of an exposure assessment
is information on the identity of chemicals present at the site, their concen-
trations, and the manner in which they were originally disposed or stored.
                                       7-1

-------
                                                                &{e Systems, JHC.
          TABLE 7-1  CHECKLIST OF  IMPORTANT SITE HISTORY INFORMATION
 1.  D    Facility Ownership

 2.  D    Facility Type 	
 3.  D    Facility Location,  Size Configuration, Physical Description
 4.  D    Time-Frame of Waste-Related Activities
 5.  D    Types of Activities/Operations at the Site
 6.  D    Waste Disposal/Storage Methods
 7.  D    Identity/Quantity of Disposed Waste
 8. D    Chemical Composition of  Waste
 9.  D    Site Incidents (e.g.,  fires,  explosions)
10.  D    Records of Previous Site Investigations

11.  D    Records of Previous Sampling Activities

12.  D    Records of Previous Response Actions _
N/A - Not applicable.
D/A - Documented and Attached.
                                      7-2


-------
                                                                   £ife Systems, Jnc.
Once this information is obtained, predictions can be made regarding which
chemicals warrant concern* what media are likely to be contaminated  and which
exposure routes will be of concern.  Based on this information, a  sampling
plan can be devised.  Therefore, the results of the site history analysis
serve to focus and direct subsequent exposure assessment activities.

7.1.2     Sampling and Analysis of Environmental Data

A second important aspect of the collection of occurrence data at  hazardous
waste sites involves the sampling and analysis of environmental media for
chemicals of concern.  To a large extent, this activity receives its direction
from the results of the site history analysis.  Since site history analyses
typically provide information on those chemicals expected to be of concern and
in what environmental media those chemicals may occur, sampling efforts can be
directed accordingly.  However, while site history analysis is an  important
initial step in performing an exposure assessment, the available site history
information is often incomplete and/or unreliable.  In such cases, it may be
necessary to collect sampling data on a variety of chemicals that  may be
present at the site.  Table 7-2 presents a list of chemicals for which
sampling may be required when site history data are insufficient.
           i
The results of sampling efforts should yield data on the amount of toxic
chemicals released from each on-site source into each environmental medium.
Estimates of chemical release to each environmental medium may be  qualitative
or quantitative.  Qualitative information is useful for discriminating
between major and minor sources of releases and fot estimating the nature and
relative magnitude of releases. •However, quantitative release data are re-
quired since it is these data that will be used in subsequent steps of the
exposure assessment process to calculate doses of toxic chemicals  incurred by
exposed populations (receptors).  Quantitative data may be obtained through
either modeling or monitoring (sampling) activities or a combination of model-
ing and monitoring.  The media which must be analyzed for toxic chemicals
Include the atmosphere, surface water, groundwater, soil, and the  tissues of
organisms (biota) which are consumed by others (especially species consumed by
humans).

7.1.2.1   Atmospheric Contamination

Emissions of contaminated fugitive dusts (airborne wastes and contaminated
soil particles) and volatilization of toxic chemicals are the most likely
sources of atmospheric contamination at hazardous waste sites.  Fugitive dust
emissions can result from wind erosion of waste and contaminated soil,
vehicular traffic over contaminated roads, heavy equipment activity at the
site or incineration of wastes during remediation.  Volatilization of
contaminants at hazardous waste sites can occur from lagoons, inadequately
covered landfills or from spills or leaks.

Mathematical equations for making quantitative estimates of atmospheric
contamination patterns are termed atmospheric dispersion models.   These models
are employed to determine airborne chemical concentrations as a function of
space and time and they typically require information on characteristics of
the source, physical and chemical properties, and data on local meteorology.
                                       7-3

-------
                                                             £ifc Systems, JHC.
TABLE 7-2  CHEMICALS FREQUENTLY OCCURRING AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
              FOR WHICH SAMPLING DATA MAT BE REQUIRED
   1.      Chloromethane
   2.      Broaomethane
   3.      Vinyl chloride
   4.      Chloroethane
   5.      Methyl«ne chloride

   6.      Acetone
   7.      Carbon disulfide
   8.      1,1-Dichloroethene
   9.      1»1-Dichloroethane
  10.      trans-1,2-Dichloroethene

  11.      Chloroform
  12.      1,2-Dichloroethane
  13.      2-Butanone
  14.      1,1,1-Trichloroethane
  15.      Carbon tetrachloride

  16.      Vinyl acetate  .
  17.      Bromodichloromethane
  18.      1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
  19.      1,2-Dichloropropane
  20.      trans-1,3-Dichloropropene

  21.      .Trichloroethene
  22.      Dibromochloromethane
  23.      1,1,2-Trichloroethane
  24.      Benzene
  25.      cis-1,3-Dichloropropene

  26.      2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether
  27.      Bronoforn
  28.      2-Hexanone
  29.      4-Methyl-2-pentanone
  30.      Tetrachloroethene

  31.      Toluene
  32.      Chlorobenzene
  33.      Ethylbenzene
  34.      Styrene
  35.      Xylene
 Chemical Abstract
Service (CAS) Number

    74-87-3
    74-83-9
    75-01-4
    75-00-3
    75-09-2

    67-64-1
    75-15-0
    75-35-4
    75-34-3
    156-60-5

    67-66-3
    107-06-2
    78-93-3
    71-55-6
    56-23-5

    108-05-4
    75-27-4
    79-34-5
    78-87-5
    10061-02-6

    79-01-6
    124-48-1
    79-00-5
    71-43-2
    10061-01-5

    110-75-8
    75-25-2
    591-78-6
    108-10-1
    127-18-4

    108-88-3
    108-90-7
    100-41-4
    100-42-5
    1330-20-7
                                                      continued-
                                 7-4

-------
Table 7-2  - continued
                                                                 £ije Systems, Jnc.
      Number
Seai-Volatiles
        36.      N-Nitrosodimethylamine
        37.      Phenol
        38.      Aniline
        39.      bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
        40.      2-Chlorophenol

        41.      1,3-Dichlorobenzene
        42.      1,4-Dichlorobenzene
        43.      Benzyl alcohol
        44.      1,2-Dichlorobenzene
        45.      2-Methylphenol

        46.      bi8(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
        47.      4-Methylphenol
        48.      N-Nitroso-N-dipropylaming
        49.      Hexachloroethane
        50.      Nitrobenzene

        51.      Isophorone
        52.      2-Nitrophenol
        53.*      2,4-Dimethylphehol
        54.      Benzole acid
        55.      bis(2-Chloroethyoxy)  methane

        56.      2,4-Dichlorophenol
        57.      1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
        58.      Naphthalene
        59.      4-Chloroaniline
        60.      Hexachlorobutadiene

        61.      4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
                 (p-Chloro-m-cresol)
        62.      2-Methylnaphthalene
        63.      Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
        64.      2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
        65.      2,4,5-Trichlorophenol

        66.      2-Chloronaphthalene
        67.      2-Nitroanillne
        68.      Dimethyl phthalate
        69.      Acenaphthylene
        70.      3-Nitroaniline
 Chemical Abstract
Service (CAS) Number

    62-75-9
    108-95-2
    62-53-3
    111-44-4
    95-57-8

    541-73-1
    106-46-7
    100-51-6
    95-50-1
    95-48-7

    39638-32-9
    106-44-5
    621-64-7
    67-72-1
    98-95-3

    78-59-1
    88-75-5
    105-67-9 .
    65-85-0
    111-91-1

    120-83-2
    120-82-1
    91-20-3
    106-47-8
    87-68-3

    59-50-7

    91-57-6
    77-47-4
    88-06-2
    95-95-4

    91-58-7
    88-74-4
    131-11-3
    208-96-8
    99-09-2
                                                           continued-
                                     7-5

-------
Table 7-2 - continued
                                                                 tift Systems, JHC.
      Number
Semi-Volatiles
        71.      Acenaphthene
        72.      2,4-Dinitroph«nol
        73.      4-Nltrophenol
        74.      Dibenzofuran
        75.      2,4-Dinitrotoluene

        76.      2,6-Dinitrotoluene
        77.      Diethyl phthalate
        78.      4-Chloroph«nyl phenyl ether
        79.      Fluorene
        80.      4-Nitroanillne

        81.      4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
        82.      N-Nitroaodiphenylamine
        83.      4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
        84.      Hexachlorobenzene
        85.      Pentachlorophenol

        86.      Phenanthrene
        87.      Anthracene
        88.      Dl-n-butyl phthalate
        89.      Plttoranthane
        90.      Benzidine

        91.      Pyrene
        92.      Butyl benzyl phthalate
        93.      3,3'-Dichlorobenzidlne
        94.      Benzo(a)anthracene
        95.      bis(2-Ethylhexyl) phthalate

        96.      Chrysene
        97.      Di-n-octyl phthalate
        98.      Benzo 
-------
                                                                 Jjft Systems, Jnc.
Table 7-2 - continued
       104.      alpha-BHC
       105.      bata-BHC

       106.      delta-BHC
       107.      ganna-BHC (Lindana)
       108.      Haptachlor
       109.      Aldrin
       110.      Haptachlor apoxlda

       111.      Endosulfan I
       112.      Dieldrin
       113.      4.4'-DDE
       114.      Endrln
       115.      Endosulfan II

       116.      4,4'-DDD
       117.      Endrln aldahyda
       118.      Endosulfan sulfata
       119.      4,4'-DDT
       120.      Endrln katona

       121.      Mathoxychlor
       122.      Chlordana
       123.      Toxaphana
       124.      Ar odor-1016
       125.      Aroclor-1221

       126.      Aroclor-1232
       127.      Aroclor-1242
       128.      Aroclor-1248
       129.      Aroclor-1254
       130.      Aroclor-1260
 Chemical Abstract
Service (CAS) Number

    319-84-6
    319-85-7

    319-86-8
    58-89-9
    76-44-8
    309-00-2
    1024-57-3

    959-98-8
    60-57-1
    72-55-9
    72-20-8
    33213-65-9

    72-54-8
    7421-93-4
    1031-07-8
    50-29-3
    53494-70-5

    72-43-5
    57-74-9
    8001-35-2
    12674-11-2
    11104-28-2

    11141-16-5
    53469-21-9
    12672-29-6
    11097-69-1
    11096-82-5
                                      7-7

-------

                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
When sampling is employed to obtain quantitative data on atmospheric
contamination It wist b« recognized that the distribution of a wind-borne
chemical varies over time with down-wind distance from the source.  Therefore,
sampling may have to be conducted over extended time periods and distances.

Air quality data should provide adequate temporal as well as spatial resolu-
tion of air pollutant concentrations.  An air sampling survey designed to
provide good temporal resolution should include samples having a short enough
averaging time to measure the effects resulting from a variety of possible
combinations of source strength and meteorological phenomena.  Obtaining
samples averaged over a short interval requires either continuous sampling or
frequent grab samples and results in a large quantity of data.  Monitoring
long enough to sample all variations of source strength and meteorology may
take as long as one year.  Continuous monitoring for one year usually assures
that samples are taken during each season, on all days, and during all hours.
Such sampling provides the best data describing the temporal distribution of
toxic chemical concentrations.  The cost, however, may be unreasonably high
for maintaining and operating monitoring stations.  There is also a long lag
time between initiation of the monitoring program and receipt of the final
results.  A compromise is often made between the two situations, using the
best available methodology and ensuring that the sampling schedule Includes
the time period expected to yield the highest toxic chemical concentrations.

7.1.2.2   Surface Water/Groundwater Contamination

Runoff and overland flow of toxic chemicals (from leaks, spills, etc.) are the
most likely sources of surface water contamination at hazardous waste sites.
Leaching of toxic chemicals from contaminated soils and the vertical migration
of toxic chemicals from lagoons are the most likely sources of groundwater
contamination at'hazardous waste sites.

Quantitative estimations of the degree of contamination of surface waters are
often derived by the application of mathematical models designed to provide
information on runoff releases and overland flow of toxic chemicals.  These
models require data on the sorptlon partition coefficients for contaminants of
concern (sorptlon partlon coefficients may be derived from octanol-water
partition coefficients).  A model also exists for the rapid estimation of the
extent of groundwater contamination.  This model requires data on various
site-specific and chemical-specific characteristics and provides order-of-
magnitude estimates of groundwater contamination.

Surface and groundwater contamination data may also be obtained via sampling.
As with air quality data, water sampling data should provide adequate temporal
and spatial description of water-borne chemical concentrations.  The variation
of chemical concentrations in groundwater samples will generally be less than
chemical concentrations in surface water.  Of particular concern when dealing
with water samples is the stability (Integrity) of the sample.  Complete
preservation of a sample is nearly impossible since biological, chemical or
physical changes in the sample will usually occur.  However, to the extent
possible, adequate integrity of samples must be maintained.
                                       7-8

-------
                                                                  &fc Systems, JMC.
7.1.2.3   Soil Contamination

Sources of surface soil contamination at hazardous waste sites include spills,
lagoon falluret contaminated runoff or intentional placement of waste on or in
the ground.  Toxic chemicals can also be leached from surface soils to
subsurface layers.  Generally* the substances of concern at uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites are non-polar and will bind (adsorb) strongly to organic
soil particles as a result of their hydrophobic properties.

No modeling methods are currently available to estimate toxic chemical concen-
trations in surface soils and direct sampling must be conducted to obtain data
on surface soil contamination.  Analyses of toxic chemical concentrations in
subsurface soils may be performed by means of modeling, sampling* or a combi-
nation of both.

7.1.2,4   Contamination of Biota

In addition to assessing concentrations of toxic chemicals in air, water and
soils, performance of an exposure assessment requires the collection of data
on the occurrence of toxic chemicals in the tissues of plants and animals that
may be consumed as food by other organisms.  Of special concern are organisms
(such as fish or shellfish) which are consumed by humans.  The quality of
results in assessing toxic chemical concentrations in food depends entirely on
the method of sampling and sample preparation.  Since even processed foods are
not homogeneous in quality, the design, sampling and interpretation of the
results requires extra care due to possible interactions between chemical,
food and nutrients.  Important factors that must be considered in the sampling
and analysis of biota include both the characteristics of the chemical of
concern and the food of concern.  Significant characteristics of chemicals-
include the physical/chemical properties and sources of release.  The food
characteristics that are important include the potential for contamination,
consumption data (regional patterns) and dynamics of food consumption.

7.1.2.5   Data Validation and Interpretation

In the collection of occurrence data for use in an exposure assessment, the
first task is to obtain relevant data that are complete, accurate and repre-
sentative of the actual situation and conditions.  The measurements should be
comparable and maintained in consistent units.  After collection of data,  the
next task is to verify and validate the data values.  This Involves removing
erroneous and irrelevant measurements, testing for outliers (extremely high or
low values) and testing data for accuracy, precision and representativeness.
A detailed explanation should be given to justify the removal or inclusion of
questionable data values in the final data set.  A decision must be made on
how to handle values below the detection limit or data reported with negative
values.  The final task is to perform statistical tests which will allow for
Interpretation of the data.  Since the statistical methods employed are
usually based on the assumption of the normality of the data values, appro-
priate tests should be performed and transformations (such as logarithmic)
should be used if needed.  The accuracy and precision of the estimates should
be reported in the form of standard deviation, coefficient of variation and
confidence limits.
                                       7-9

-------

                                                                  £ifc Systems, JKC.
7.1.2.6   Collection of Occurrence Data—A Hypothetical Example

In order to illustrate the nature of the data required In evaluating the
occurrence of a toxic chemical in the environment, the following  hypothetical
example is presented.

Prior to initiating an enforcement action at a hazardous waste site  pursuant
to Section 106 of CERCLA, an endangerment assessment is required.  One  of  the
first steps performed in preparing the endangerment assessment is an evalua-
tion of the history of the site.  In evaluating the history of a  particular
site it is determined that the waste present In the largest quantity is
1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethylane (perchloroethylene).

Results of the site history analysis Indicate that the perchloroethylene was
disposed of in steel drums buried in deep, unlined pits.  The site is located
several thousand feet from a reservoir which is a popular fishing location and
which also serve's as the drinking water supply for several nearby towns.
Available toxicological information on perchloroethylene indicates that this
compound is mutagenic, carcinogenic and hepatotoxic.  There is, therefore,  a
high level of concern regarding the presence of this chemical at  the site.   A
review of data on the physical and chemical characteristics of perchloro-
ethylene reveals that the chemical is expected to be mobile in groundwater
and, therefore, could be expected to migrate to the reservoir if  released  from
the buried drums.  A sampling plan, is subsequently devised to obtain data on
concentrations of perchloroethylene in the groundwater between the site and
the reservoir, and in the reservoir itself.  Sampling is also scheduled for
game fish species present in the reservoir because of the potential  for human
exposure through ingestion of contaminated fish.  Air sampling is not Included
in the initial sampling plan since the depth of burial of the waste-filled
drums reduces concern for volatilized emissions.  Similarly, soil sampling is
not scheduled because of the depth of waste location and because  no  human
exposure through contact with potentially contaminated soils is expected due
to the nature of the site (on relatively inaccessible private property  and
fenced in).

When sampling is concluded and valid occurrence data for perchloroethylene are
available, the data can be used to calculate predicted human exposure levels
for the two expected exposure routes (drinking water and ingestlon of
contaminated biota).

7.1.3     Legal Requirements

•It is not always possible to know in advance whether or not monitoring  data in
general, and exposure monitoring data in particular, may be used  in  enforce-
ment actions.  Therefore, it is good practice to make the assumption, when
collecting monitoring data, that the data may be used in enforcement actions.
Accordingly, there are certain policies and procedures which should  be
followed in order to ensure that the collected monitoring data will  be  accept-
able as evidence in a court of law.  The purpose of this section  is  to  present
a brief summary of some of the more important factors which must  be  taken  into
consideration so that monitoring data may be acceptable for use in enforcement
cases.  For more detailed information on this topic, the reader is referred to
the list of publications at the end of this chapter.


                                      7-10

-------
                                                                 &fc Systems, Jnc.
Prior to th« collection and analysis of samples, a draft sampling/analysis
plan should b« prepared and circulated to appropriate technical and legal
personnel for review and comment.  The final sampling/analysis plan should
then formally Incorporate or rebut all contents received.  The final plan
should also detail the sampling project's objectives, survey methods,
personnel and equipment requirements, safety program and equipment, custody
procedures, quality assurance procedures and report schedules.

Once samples have been collected they should be appropriately marked with tags
and maintained under Chain-of-Custody procedures.  Possession of all samples
must be traceable from the time they are collected until they are introduced
as evidence in legal proceedings.  Samples are accompanied by a Chain-of-
Custody Record, and all transfers between individuals must be documented by
signatures and records of the dates and times of transfer.  Samples are
shipped (if by mail, registered with return receipt requested) to an appro-
priate laboratory for analysis, with a separate custody record identifying the
sample contents accompanying each shipment.

At the receiving laboratory, a designated sample custodian accepts custody of
the samples and verifies that the information on the sample tags matches that
on the Chain-of-Custody Record.  After assigning a unique laboratory
identification number to each sample tag, the sample custodian enters the
sample tag data into a bound logbook arranged by project code and station
number.  The sample custodian then distributes samples to appropriate analysts
who also maintain a record to show the Chain-of-Custody for each sample or
sample aliquot.  All laboratory observations and calculations relevant to a
sample are recorded by the analysts in serialized logbooks.  The logbooks must
contain information sufficient to allow the analysts to recall and describe
succinctly each step of the analyses performed.  Moreover, sufficient detail
is necessary to enable others to reconstruct the procedures followed should
the original analyst be unavailable for testimony.  Any irregularities
observed during the analytical process need to be noted.

After an organization has completed its work for a particular project, all
documents generated should be assembled in the organization's files.  The file
then becomes accountable.  Any records taken from the file must be signed out.

Using proper Chaln-of-Custody procedures, data obtained from the analyses of
samples are returned to the Sampling/Analysis Project Leader for use in the
preparation of a draft project report.  In preparing reports, the ability to
substantiate and defend the contents is of foremost Importance.  All draft
reports should be dated and numbered and be accountable.  All draft copies of
the report must be returned to the Sampling/Analysis Project Leader after
review.  Once comments have been incorporated and the final report is avail-
able, all draft copies should be disposed of properly.

The following is a list of documents which provide more detailed information
on the procedures which should be followed to ensure that sampling data will
be acceptable as evidence in a court of law.
                                      7-11

-------
                                                                 &fe Systems, JHC.
     1.   The EPA1 a "Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and
          Wastewater Laboratories" (Booth 1979) addresses In datall the
          following areaa:  laboratory facilities* instruaents, glassware
          requirements, and reagents.  It further deals with analytical
          performance* data handling* and data reporting.  Separate chapters
          are devoted to the special requirements for trace organic analysis,
          water and wastewater sampling, microbiology* aquatic biology* and
          safety.

     2.   The "Quality Assurance Guidelines for Biological Testing" (Stanley
          1978) discusses the following elements of quality assurance: quality
          assurance policy and objectives* design and analysis of experiments*
          sampling, precision and assurance of tests, physical environment of
          research, chemicals and reagents, control of performance* and data
          handling and reporting.

     3.   The "Handbook for Sampling and Preservation of Water and Wastewater"
          (Berg 1982) is not an official EPA manual* but is a reference to be
          used as an input to EPA manuals and guidelines.  The report presents
          general considerations for sampling; sample preservation and hand-
          ling methods, sampling methods for wastewaters, surface waters, and
          bottom sediments; methods for collection of microblal samples, and
          statistical analysis methods.

     4.   The "Quality Assurance Guidelines for IERL-C1 Project Officers"
          (Stratton and Bonds 1979) is designed for use, as the title Implies,
          by EPA project officers.  The report provides quality assurance
          guidelines for procurement of projects requiring sampling and
          analysis, guidelines for monitoring such projects and auditing
          procedures.  The document should assist in providing an
          understanding of what EPA project officers expect in terms of
          quality assurance.

     5.   Another source of EPA quality assurance procedures is the "Manual of
          Analytical Quality Control for Pesticides and Related Compounds in
          Human and Environmental Samples" (Sherma 1977).  A general
          description of pesticide residue analytical procedures is provided
          following a discussion on inter- and intra-laboratory quality
          control.  Also covered are procedures for analysis of samples
          including extraction, Isolation, and gas chromatography. Although
          the manual deals primarily with pesticides, many of the procedures
          and recommendations apply to the analysis of any organic chemical.

7.2       Identification and Analysis of Exposed Populations

The identification and analysis of exposed human populations generally
involves four distinct steps, each of which requires unique information.  In
the first step, population data are compared with occurrence data in order to
quantify the population that will actually or potentially come into contact
with contaminated air, water, soil or food.  The second step, population
characterization, involves determining whether any groups within the exposed
population may experience a greater risk than the average population as a
                                      7-12

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, Jnc.
result of exposure.  High risk groups might include women  of  childbearing age,
the chronically ill, infants* children or the elderly.  The third  step*
activity analysis, involves an examination of the activities  in which a
potentially or actually exposed population engages.  The final  step,
development of exposure coefficients, yields information critical  to  the
calculation of exposure levels.  Each of these steps is discussed  in  further
detail below.  The analysis of nonhuman populations is also discussed.

7.2.1     Population Identification and Enumeration

The first step in identifying and analyzing exposed populations is to
determine the number of individuals exposed and the routes of exposure.    For
humans, the Census of Population (most recently conducted  in  1980)  can be
accessed to determine the size, distribution and demographic  characteristics
of a geographically defined population.  Census data are especially useful in
quantifying populations exposed as a result of their presence in a specific
locale (e.g., those exposed to toxic chemicals in ambient  air or. soil).   For
example, identification/enumeration of populations exposed to airborne
toxic chemicals may be accomplished by overlaying an laopleth map  of
chemical concentrations around a source on census maps.

In the analysis of populations that may be exposed to chemicals present in
surface or groundwater, all persons in the service area of a  water  supply
system that draw water from a contaminated source must be  considered  as
potentially exposed through ingestion and dermal exposure  while bathing.
Information concerning local drinking water sources and populations served can
usually be obtained from the local Department of Public Works,  Planning
Department or Health Department.  Information on public departments or private
drinking water treatment companies that use groundwater as their raw  water
supply, as well as the number of households drawing water  from  private wells,
will also generally be available from these sources.  Swimmers  in contaminated
waters may also comprise a portion of the exposed population.

Dermal exposure to contaminated soils could constitute an  exposure  route  for
individuals who work outdoors or for children playing outdoors.  In addition,
children sometimes Ingest toxic chemicals contained in soil through pica
behavior (eating soil).  Direct soil exposure is, in most  cases, minor in
magnitude when compared to other routes, and it Is often difficult  to quantify
the actual level of transmission of soil-absorbed toxic chemicals across  skin.
Exposure to airborne contaminated soil particulates and substances
volatilizing from soil may, however, be quite significant,  and must be
considered as an Integral component of the overall site air contamination/
exposure analysis.

Human exposure to contaminated food will usually be associated with fruit and
vegetables grown in home gardens, or with fish or game residing in
contaminated areas.

7.2.2     Population Characterization

After exposed populations have been identified and enumerated, they should be
characterized by age and sex factors since the physiological parameters that
determine dose (e.g., breathing rate, skin surface area,  food and  water
                                      7-13

-------
                                                                  tifc Systems, JHC.
ingestion) are often age- or sex-specific.  Also, from a toxicity standpoint,
subpopulations defined by age or sex may be especially susceptible to toxic
chemicals.  Thus, characterization of exposed populations permits the
determination of exposure distributions within the population at large, and
the delineation of specific high-risk subpopulations.

7.2.3     Activity Analysis

Activities engaged in by members of a given population or subpopulation can
dramatically affect the level of exposure to environmental chemicals.  For
example, persons whose .lifestyle or employment involves frequent strenuous
activity will ventilate larger volumes of air per unit time than will those
living a less strenuous life and will, therefore, experience a greater level
of exposure to airborne chemicals.  Another example would be if activities
take persons away from the source of the exposure such as weekends in the
country.  Also seasonal factors can affect exposure levels, e.g., dermal
contact with contaminated soil is considerably reduced during freezing
weather.

Key activity-related exposure determinants to be quantified in the activity
analysis phase for each exposure mechanism are:

     e Ingestion:        amount of contaminated food or water ingested
                         (per unit time).
     e Inhalation:       length of time (frequency and duration) spent in each
                         related activity; nature of the activity in terms of
                         light, medium, heavy, or maximum exertion (per unit time)
     e Dermal exposure:  length of time (frequency and duration) spent in
                         each related activity (per unit time).

7.2.A     Development of Exposure Coefficients

The final component of the identification and analysis of exposed human
populations is the development of exposure coefficients.  An exposure coeffi-
cient is a term which combines information on the frequency, mode and magni-
tude of contact with each contaminated medium to yield a quantitative value of
the amount of contaminated medium contacted per day.  Exposure coefficients
are developed for each exposure route and are used in calculating exposure
levels.  Developing an exposure coefficient requires that certain assumptions
be made regarding intake of air, food and water.  Some standard intake
assumptions are provided in Table 7-3.

7.2.5     Nonhuman Population Analyses

Nonhuman populations are generally more difficult to quantify and characterize
than are human populations because less Information is available and the data
that are available are often measured in units other than numbers of
organisms.  Populations may, for example, be expressed as herds or biomass.
The adequacy and sources of nonhuman population data vary considerably,
depending on the organism.  As might be expected, most research effort has
been invested in plant and animals species that have economic significance.
                                       7-14

-------
                                                                 &fe Systems, Jnc.
               TABLE 7-3  STANDARD INTAKE ASSUMPTIONS FOR HUMANS


                  . v           Adult        Adult          Child
  Respiratory Rate^ '           Male         Female        (10 yrs)

Resting (L/mln)                 7.5            7.0           4.8
Light Activity (L/mln)         20.0           19.0          13.0

Fluid Intake
Milk (L/day)                    0.30           0.20          0.45
Tap Water (L/day)               0.15           0.10          0.20
Other (L/day )( .                1.50           1.10          0.75
Total (L/day) lc;                1.95           1.40          1.40


Food Consumption           1,500 g/day          —            —
(a) Adapted from Callahan et al. (1983)
(b) Adapted from International Commission on Radiological Protection (IRCP)
    (1975).
(c) EPA usually uses 2 L/day as total fluid consumption for adults and 1  L/day
    for children.
                                     7-15

-------
                                                                 JCife Systems, JHC.
In most cases, it is necessary to gather the data from diverse sources to
enumerate nonhuman populations.  The major sources of data Include journal
articles and other publications, Federal and state agencies, and selected
private agencies.  When data from these sources are not available, field
surveys may be required.

7.3       Calculation of Exposure

Calculation of doses of contaminants incurred by exposed populations is
accomplished by integrating the results of the collection of chemical
occurrence data (described in section 7.1) with the results of exposed
population analyses (described in section 7.2).

To calculate the dose incurred, the concentration of the chemical in an
environmental medium is first multiplied by the appropriate exposure
coefficient.  This calculation provides an estimate of the total amount of
each chemical to which the population is exposed on a daily basis.  However,
this value must be adjusted to account for the extent to which each chemical
Is transferred across the membranes of the exposed organism (i.e., the extent
of absorption).  This adjustment is accomplished by multiplying total daily
exposure values by an absorption factor.  Usually, absorption factors cited in
the toxicological literature are employed in this calculation.  When empiri-
cally derived absorption factors are not available, an absorption factor of
unity is applied, thereby generating a conservative (worst-case) estimate of
the dose incurred.  Finally, this whole-body dose estimate (mg/day) is
converted to terms of mg of contaminant/kg of body mass/day by dividing it by
the body mass representative of the receptor population.

Sample Calculation

The following hypothetical example illustrates the procedure for calculation
of dose incurred:

A factory is located near a toxic dump site which has improperly disposed of
large quantities of carbon tetrachloride (CC1,).  The factory draws water for
drinking and industrial uses from a well whicn Is found to contain 1.6 mg/L of
CC1,, and average air concentrations are 0.1 ppm (0.63 mg/m ).  The factory
employs adult males who work 8-hour shifts doing light physical labor.

Calculation of Exposure Coefficient:

Since the adult males spend about one-half of their waking hours In the
factory, the amount of water they consume may be estimated to be one-half of
average total water consumption for adults (2 L/day/2 » 1 L/day).  The
Inhalation exposure coefficient is calculated as follows:

                (20 L/min) (60 min/hr) (8 hr/day) - 9,600 L/day

Converting to more convenient units, this becomes:

                    (9,600 L/day) (10~3 m3/L) - 9.6 m3/day
                                      7-16

-------
                                                                   Jjfe Systems, JHC.
Absorption Coefficients:

Inspection of published toxicokinetic information on CC1, reveals  that
gastrointestinal absorption is about 90Z and absorption in the lung is  about
30Z, so the absorption coefficients are 0.90 and 0.30, respectively.

Dose Calculation:

     A.   Daily Dose via Water - (Exposure Coefficient) (Water Concentration)
                               - (1 L/day)(1.6 mg/L)
                               • 1.6 ing /day

          Daily Dose via Air • (Exposure Coefficient) (Air Concentration)
                             - (9.6 nT /day) (0.63 tag/nT)
                             • 6.0 mg/day

     B.   Absorbed Dose - (Daily Dose) (Absorption Coefficient)
                    For Water:  (1.6 mg/day) (0.90) - 1.4 mg/day
                      For Air:  (6.0 mg/day) (0.30) - 1.8 mg/day
          Total Absorbed Dose:  1.4 mg/day +1.8 mg/day "3.2 mg/day

     C.   Conversion to mg/kg basis for adult (70 kg):
It is Important in all caculations of exposure levels that assumptions
regarding body weight, water and air intake, food consumption, etc., be
clearly identified as such, to distinguish assumed average values from actual
measured values.

7.4       Estimation of Past Exposure

In some instances, it may be desirable to obtain estimates of past exposure
levels to certain chemicals.  This can sometimes be accomplished by measuring
the concentration of the chemical in body fluids or tissues of exposed
organisms .

Following the absorption of a chemical by a particular organism, the
chemical distributes throughout the organism and may accumulate in various
parts of the organism.  The site of accumulation may or may not be the major
site of toxic action.  When a chemical accumulates at a site other than the
site at which it produces toxic action, the site of accumulation may be
referred to as a "storage site."  The accumulation in this storage site may
serve as a protective mechanism, whereby the concentration of the chemical in
the storage site keeps the concentration of the chemical in a vulnerable organ
at a low level.  However, the concentration of the chemical in the storage
site is in equilibrium with the chemical in blood, and therefore it is slowly
released into the circulation at a rate equal to the rate at which the
chemical is excreted or removed from the blood.  This tends to maintain the
chemical in the blood for long periods of time.  Some of the major storage
areas for chemicals include plasma proteins, liver, kidney, fat and bone.
                                      7-17

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, Jnc.
Therefore* measurements of toxic chemical concentrations In these storage
areas are the most useful In terms of estimating past exposure levels.

It should be noted that this means of estimating past exposure levels has a
major limitation.  Not all chemicals accumulate to the same extent.  There-
fore* estimation of past exposure levels by measuring accumulated chemical
concentrations is useful only for those chemicals that tend to accumulate.
This method provides no useful information on past exposure to chemicals that
are efficiently cleared from the body.

7.5       Prediction of Future Exposure

In order to predict future exposure scenarios* it is necessary to generate
estimates of the direction of travel and future ambient concentrations of
toxic chemicals within all environmental media.  Some Important physical /chemi-
cal properties of chemicals that may influence their environmental fate are
presented in Table 7-4.  Some important site characteristics that may influ-
ence environmental fate are presented in Table 7-5.  Whenever mathematical
models are employed to calculate expected future exposures* it is Important to
identify calculated values as such (to avoid confusion with measured values)
and to cite the model employed*  Population predictions* such as future popu-
lation characteristics and distribution patterns, are also necessary so that
they can be compared with future chemical distribution/concentration data In
order to predict future exposure scenarios.
                                                     »
7.5.1     Environmental Stability

In analyses of the environmental fate of chemicals* all processes that are
likely to lead to transformation of chemicals In various environmental media
must be identified.  In conducting environmental fate analyses* each
transformation process is assessed and* when possible* rates of all processes
are quantified.  Usually, information regarding the significance and rates of
transformation processes in various media is available In the technical
literature.  Some transformation processes likely to be important in assessing
the fate of chemicals are described below.

Photolysis is the degradation of a chemical caused by exposure to light.  This
process may be important to chemicals in the atmosphere, in surface water of
sufficient clarity for penetration of light* and on the surface of the soil.
Photolysis typically results in the degradation of chemicals through rupture
of covalent bonds.  Factors determining the rate of photolysis include:  flux
of photons to the substrate media* chemical-specific light adsorption
coefficients* and reactor yield constants (i.e., the efficiency of the
degradation process with available photon energy) .

Examples of photolysis include the splitting of hydrogen iodide by the
reaction:

                            2HI
and the splitting of ketene  (CH.CO) into carbon monoxide (CO) and carbene
(methylene)  (CH2) .
                                      7-18

-------
                                                  &fe Systems. JHC.
TABLE 7-4  PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES  THAT
        MAT INFLUENCE ENVIRONMENTAL FATE
        Adsorption Coefficient

        Blodegradation Rate

        Boiling Point

        .Henry's Law Constant

        Hydrolysis Rate

        Melting Point

        Molecular Weight

        Octanol/Water Partition Coefficient

        Photolysis Rate

        Vapor Pressure

        Volatilization Rate

        Water Solubility
                      7-19

-------
                                                   ttfe Systems, Jnc.
TABLE 7-5  SITE CHARACTERISTICS THAT HAT INFLUENCE
                ENVIRONMENTAL FATE
         Ambient Moisture

         Ambient Humidity Levels

        .Ambient Temperatures

         Ambient Wind Velocity and Direction

         Geologic Characteristics

         Hydrologic Characteristics

         Soil Characteristics

         Topographic Features of Site and Surrounding Area

         Vegetative Cover of Site and Surrounding Area

         Watershed/Land Use Characteristics
                       7-20

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, Jnc.
Indirect photolysis is an  important  transformation process  for many chemicals.
This process involves intermediate compounds present  in the environmental
medium which undergo direct photolytic transformation and thereby become
reactive with a toxic chemical  (usually as a strong oxidizer).  These
intermediates subsequently react with a chemical,  effecting its  trans-
formation.  Indirect photolysis rates are governed by the concentration and
light adsorption coefficient of the  intermediate compound and the rate of its
subsequent reaction with the toxic chemical.

Oxidation is the process of removing electrons from a chemical.   These are
accepted by another chemical (an oxidizing agent) .  Chlorine in  drinking water
and ozone in the atmosphere are two  important oxidizing agents.   Oxidation by
oxygen is also important*  and occurs in .air, surface  water,  groundwater and
soil.  The rate of oxidation is determined by the  concentration  of the
oxidizing agent, and its reaction rate constant with  respect to  the chemical.

For example, cupric ion* is the  oxidizing agent in  the following  reaction:

                             Fe + Cu2"1" * Fe2+ + Cu

Here, two electrons are transferred  from the Fe atom  to the  Cu atom.   Thus,
the Fe atom is oxidized (becomes positively charged by the  loss  of two
electrons) while the Cu atom receives the two electrons and  becomes neutral
(is reduced) .

Hydrolysis is the splitting of  a chemical bond by  insertion  of water.
Hydrolysis may occur in the air, surface water, groundwater  or soil.
Hydrolysis is most important for organic chemicals which contain as part of
their structure one or more easily polarized, electronegative  groups
covalently bonded to carbon atoms.   Covalent inorganic chemical  compounds  also
undergo hydrolytic transformation, usually at rapid rates.   Hydrolysis is
highly pH-dependent , and can be acid- or base-catalyzed.

The hydrolysis of an organic cyanide (nitrile) is shown below  as  an example of
this type of reaction:

                                 2HO
                           RC2N - ~> RCO H + NH,
Chemical Speciation.  Metallic chemical compounds undergo a wide range of
transformation processes, forming and breaking down complexes with inorganic
or organic Uganda present in the substrate medium.  These processes, referred
to collectively as speciation, can occur in all environmental media.  The
final speciation of a metal in a given environment (i.e., its degree of
association with various complexing agents) affects its bioavailability,
solubility, volatility and sorption properties.  For example, lead chloride
(PbCl ) is a fairly soluble form of lead (Pb  ) , and could easily dissolve in
grounawater and escape from a toxic dump site.  However, if the soil were rich
in carbonates (CO ~ ) , the lead would form lead carbonate (PbCO.) , which is
much less soluble!

                         PbCl2 + C032" + PbC03 + 2Cl"


                                      7-21

-------
                                                                   Jttfe Systems, JHC.
Bioconcentration and blotransformation are processes mediated by organisms.
Bloconcentration is the uptake and accumulation of a chemical within the
tissue of exposed organisms (fish, plants* birds, etc.), often within specific
tissues or organs.  Bioconcentration rates are a function of the uptake and
excretion rates of the exposed organisms and the lipophilic properties of the
chemical.  Biotransformation is a collective term for the various reactions
that occur as a result of metabolism by organisms such as soil bacteria.
Biotransformation commonly causes the degradation and detoxification of toxic
organic chemicals.  Both bioconcentration and blotransformation are dependent
on the metabolic rates of the organisms which, in turn, are functions of
various environmental parameters, including the availability of nutrients,
sunlight, moisture, ambient temperature, and pH.  These transformation
processes occur in the water, soil, groundwater and, to a limited extent, in
the air.

An example of a biodegradation pathway is illustrated by the microbial
degradation of the insecticide parathion.  In this pathway, Pseudomonas
stutzeri initially converts parathion to p-nitrophenol which is subsequently
utilized by Pseudomonas acruginosa.

          P_. stutzeri               P_. aeruginosa
Parathion —	> p-Nitrophenol —	> Further Degradation Products

Table 7-6 presents some information on the environmental stability
(persistence) of selected chemicals from Table 7-2.

7.5.2     Environmental Mobility

The movement of chemicals in the environment is determined by the physical and
chemical properties of the chemicals themselves and by the characteristics of
the environment.  Chemicals may move both within media (intramedia transport)
and from one environmental medium to another (intermedia transport).

7.5.2.1   Intramedia Transport

Atmospheric transport of chemicals is governed by diffusion and by
meteorological variables such as air currents (wind speed and direction),
humidity, particulate concentrations and air temperature differentials.  The
size of the particle to which a toxic chemical is adsorbed is an important
determinant of the extent to which it will be transported through the
atmosphere.

In water, diffusion through the water and currents within the water are the
principal routes of transport.  Aquatic transport processes are, therefore,
dependent on whether the water body is a lake, slow river, swift stream,
estuary or ocean.  For example, tidal movement is the overriding transport
mechanism within an estuary, while thermal stratification may control movement
within a deep lake or reservoir.

Chemicals are transported within soil principally by water flow.  Aside from
the rate of water flow, the key parameter is the interaction (sorption and
                                       7-22

-------
                                                                  &{e Systems, Jnc.
            TABLE 7-6  ENVIRONMENTAL PERSISTENCE OF SOME COMPOUNDS
                    THAT MAT OCCUR AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
        Chemical
Volatiles;

Vinyl chloride

Chloroform


1,1,1-Trichloroethane



Carbon tetrachloride

Dibromochloromethane

Bromoform

Chlorobenzene

Semi-Volatiles;

bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether

2-Chloropheno1

2,4-DlmethyIphenoL


2,4-Dichlorophenol

Hexachlorocylcopentadiene

2,4,6-Trichlorophenol

2-Chloronaphthalene

2,4-Dinitrophenol


2,6-Dinltrotoluene

Benzidine
       Environmental  Persistence
Half  life: 25 minutes

Half  life in bluegill:  1 day
Half  life in water:  15  months

Hydrolysis half life:
  freshwater: 5-9 months
  marine    : 39 months

Half  life in bluegill:  1 day

Half  life projection: 274 years

Hydrolysis half life: 686 years

Half  life in water:  5.8 hours
Half life in bluegill: 4-7 days

Half life in bluegill: 1 day

Complete biodegradation: 2 months
Half life: less than 1 day

Half life in aerated water: 8-9 days

Half life: 11 days

Half life in rat blood: 20 hours

Biomagnifled in water

No significant microbial degradation
  In 64 days

Greater than 64 days

Half life in dogs and rats: 68-88 hours


                    continued-
                                      7-23

-------
                                                                 tife Systems, Jnc.
Table 7-6 - continued





        Chemical



Semi-Volatilea (continued):



3,3*-Dichlorobenzidine



Pesticides;



Dieldrin



Chlordane
                                              Environmental Persistence
                                       Long life in soil







                                       Half life in water: 723 days



                                       Very persistent
Adapted from McNeils et  al.  (1984)
                                     7-24

-------
                                                                  Jtife Systems, Jnc.
desorption) of the chemical with soil particles.  Sorption is controlled by
the characteristics of the chemical and by the type  (i.e., organic content) of
the soil.  Site-specific information on soil composition should be used
whenever possible to characterize soil transport when disposal sites or other
areas of soil contamination are identified by location.

7.5.2.2   Intermedia Transport

The physical and chemical properties of a particular chemical typically have
the greatest Impact on intermedia transport.  Transport from air to water is
dominated by two process: (1) scavenging via liquid deposition (rain, snow),
and (2) gravitational settling (dry deposition).  Transport from water to air
is mediated by air-stripping, aerosol formation and volatilization.  Air-
stripping and aerosol formation are most Important under agitated conditions.
The importance of volatilization for a chemical can be evaluated by assessing
the chemical's solubility in water, vapor pressure, Henry's Law Constant,
molecular weight and activity coefficient.

Transport from ground to air may also occur through volatilization from soil.
Volatilization of organic chemicals from soil is strongly influenced by
sorption phenomena and local frequency of precipitation.  Volatilization from
soil may also be influenced by seasonal differences in air and ground tem-
peratures; volatility from soil is enhanced when the land is warmer than sur-
rounding air.  The other major ground-to-air transport process, resuspension
of dusts, also is affected by precipitation as well as by wind speed.
Chemicals are transported from air to ground by dry and wet deposition.

Transport between water and land is, to a large extent, controlled by the
solubility and leachability of a chemical and the affinity of the chemical for
the organic content of soil and sediment.  Soil particles upon which
chemicals are sorbed are washed into water bodies by surf-ace runoff; once the
chemical is in the water, equilibrium partitioning between water and suspended
solids is established.

7.5.3     Environmental Partitioning

Partitioning refers to the relative distribution of a chemical among environ-
mental compartments.  Partitioning analysis is essentially a qualitative
effort that is undertaken when the time or financial resources do not allow
for a detailed analysis of the environmental transport and transformation of a
chemical.  A partitioning analysis may be based on examination of a
chemical's physical and chemical properties, analogy with other chemicals
whose fate is fairly well documented or mathematical modeling.

Examination of a chemical's physical and chemical properties can often permit
an estimate of its environmental partitioning.  The following are the most
useful parameters for estimating the relative partitioning of a chemical:

     e  Vapor pressure is indicative of a chemical's ability to volatilize to
        the atmosphere.
                                      7-25

-------
                                                                   £ifc Systems, Jnc.
     •  Water solubility of a chemical is indicative of its ability to be dis-
        tributed by the hydrologic cycle.  Water solubility also affects other
        degradation pathways (e.g., photolysis, hydrolysis, oxidation) and
        specialized transport pathways (e.g., volatilization from solution and
        washout from the atmosphere by rain).

     e  Octanol/water partition coefficient (K  ) is indicative of a chemical's
        tendency to partition itself between an organic phase (e.g., fish,
        soil) and an aqueous phase.  It is particularly important for esti-
        mating bioconcentration factors for aquatic life.

     e  Boiling point, in addition to serving as an indicator of the physical
        state of a chemical, provides an indication of its volatility.

     •  Henry's Law Constant is indicative of an organic chemical's tendency
        to volatilize from water to air.

     •  Adsorption coefficient (K  ) is indicative of the extent to which a
        chemical partitions between solid and solution phases (e.g., water-
        saturated or unsaturated soil, runoff water, and sediment).
        Adsorption potential to soil/sediment is indicative of a chemical's
        environmental mobility.

Qualitative analysis of the fate of a chemical can also be made by analogy
with other chemicals whose fate is well documented.  If the chemical under
study is structurally similar to a*previously studied chemical, some parallel
can be drawn to the environmental fate of the analogue.

A more detailed mathematical modeling analysis of partitioning may also be
undertaken when resources permit and where environmental loadings (i.e.,
emission) data are available.

7.5.4.    Population Predictions

As noted in section 7.2, performing an exposure assessment requires a
characterization of exposed populations (number, age, sex, race, activities,
etc.).  Generally, predictions regarding future exposure scenarios require the
same types of information on exposed populations as assessments of present
exposures.  That is, potentially exposed populations must be identified, enum-
erated and characterized, an activities analysis must be performed and
exposure coefficients must be estimated.  (Section 7.2 of this handbook
provides descriptions of these aspects of exposed population analyses.)  Based
on this Information, predictions regarding future exposure levels can be made.

7.6       Key Guidance and Implementation Documents

In 1984, the EPA proposed guidelines for use in conducting exposure
assessments (49 FR 46304).  These guidelines, which will be revised by EPA as
necessary to reflect the benefit of experience, provide a general approach and
framework for carrying out exposure assessments for specified pollutants.  In
some cases these guidelines may be useful only as a rough template; in other
cases -they may serve as a model which can be closely followed.
                                      7-26

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems, Jnc.
According to the guidelines, the five major topics to be addressed in most
exposure assessments include:

        sources
        exposure pathways
        monitored or estimated concentration levels and duration
        exposed population(s)
        integrated exposure analysis

These five topics are appropriate for exposure assessments, whether the
assessments are of a global, national, regional, local, site-specific or
workplace-related nature.  The topics are also appropriate for exposure
assessments on new or existing chemicals and radionuclides.  They are also
applicable to both single media and multimedia assessments.

In general, the guidelines should be followed, to the extent possible, when an
exposure assessment is conducted as a required element in a regulatory process
or when an exposure assessment is conducted on a  discretionary basis to
support regulatory or programmatic decisions.  Application of these guidelines
to the conduct of exposure assessments results in a number of advantages
including the following:

     1.   While there will usually be gaps in the data required to perform an
          exposure assessment, the use of the guidelines should help avoid
          inadvertent errors of omission.

     2.   Use of the guidelines should promote consistency among various
          exposure assessment activities.  For example, use of the guidelines
          should result in consistency with respect to common physical,
          chemical and biological parameters and with respect to assumptions
          about typical exposure situations.  Consistent presentation of the
          possible range estimates will enhance the comparability of results
          and allow for improvement of exposure assessment procedures through
          the sharing of common data and experiences.

     3.   The primary objective of most exposure assessments is to provide
          reliable data and/or estimates for subsequent use in conducting a
          risk assessment.   The guidelines provide a common approach to
          format which simplifies the process of reading and evaluating
          exposure assessments, thereby facilitating the integration of the
          exposure and hazard assessments.

In addition to EPA's proposed exposure assessment guidelines, a number of
other documents provide valuable information regarding the performance of
exposure assessments.  These documents are listed below.
                                         i
     1.   Superfund Exposure Assessment Manual (Versar 1984)—This document
          presents an integrated methodology designed to guide the execution
          of the major components of qualitative and quantitative exposure
          assessments for hazardous waste sites.
                                      7-27

-------
                           &{c Systems, JHC.
     2.   Exposure Assessment Methodologies for Hazardous Waste Sites (McNeils
          et al. 1984)—This document presents a uniform approach to the
          estimation of exposures to important receptors from defined
          hazardous waste constituents via all Important exposure pathways.
          The efficient use of available or historical Information and the
          need for exploratory programs is emphasized.  Applicable theoretical
          and empirical models which are accessible are described in
          sufficient detail to facilitate decisions regarding their use in
          designing and conducting an exposure assessment program.

     3.   Remedial Investigations Guidance Document (JRB 1984)—This document
          provides a detailed structure for field studies involving data
          collection for remediation decisions pertaining to hazardous waste
          sites.

7.7       Background References

Anderson E, Browne N, Duletsky S, Warn T.  1984.  GCA Corporation.
Development of statistical distributions or ranges of standard factors used in
exposure assessments.  Revised draft final report.  Washington, DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Health and Environmental
Assessment, Exposure Assessment Group.  Contract No. 68-02-3510.

Berg EL.  1982.  Handbook for sampling and sample preservation of water and
wastewater.  Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
EPA-600/4-82-029.

Booth RL.  1979.  Handbook for analytical quality control in water and waste-
water laboratories, Cincinnati, OH:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
EPA-600/4-79-019.

IRCP.  1975.  International Commission on Radiological Protection.  Report of
the task group on reference man. No. 23.  Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.

JRB.  1984.  Remedial investigations guidance document.  Washington, DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No.: 68-03-3113.

McNeils DN, LBarth DS, Khare M, LaPolnt TW, Yfantis EA.  University of Nevada,
Las Vegas.  1984.  Exposure assessment methodologies for hazardous waste
sites.  Las Vegas, Nevada:  Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory,
Office of Research and Development.  Cooperative Agreement No. CR 810550-01.

Sherma J.  1977.  Manual of analytical quality control for pesticides and
related compounds in human and environmental samples,.  Research Triangle Park,
NC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  EPA-600/If79-008.

Stanley RE.  1978.  Quality assurance guidelines for biological testing.  Las
Vegas, Nevada:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  EPA-600/4-78-043.

Stratton CL, Bonds JD.  1979.  Quality assurance guidelines for IERL-CI
project officers.  Cincinnati, OH:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
EPA-600/9-79-047.
7-28
                                            I

-------
                                                                 J&fc Systems, Jnc.
USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Health and
Environmental Assessment.  Proposed guidelines for exposure assessments;
request for comments.  Fed. Regist., Nov. 23, 198A, 49 46304.

Versar.  1984.  Superfund exposure assessment manual.  Washington. DC: U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.  Contract Nos.:  68-01-6271, 68-03-3149.
Whitmore RW.  1984.  Research Triangle Institute.   Methodology for
characterization of uncertainty in exposure assessments.  Washington,  DC:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Health and Environmental
Assessment, Exposure Assessment Group.  Contract No.  68-01-6826.
                                      7-29

-------

-------
                                                                  fife Systems, JHC.
8.0       RISK ASSESSMENTS  '

Risk assessments are invaluable scientific tools for hazardous waste site
investigations.  Management decisions regarding the regulation of chemicals
present at hazardous waste sites require a thorough assessment of the
potential risk to human health and the environment resulting from exposure to
the chemicals present.  Hazardous waste site risk assessments may be utilized
for many purposes including:

     e Screening and determining response priorities.

     e Ranking the relative toxicities of a large number of chemicals at a
       site.

     e Estimating risk associated with various clean-up alternatives.

     e Supporting the assertion that an enforcement action is warranted under
       CERCLA.

This chapter will discuss the structure of the overall risk assessment process
and explain how. information developed during the toxicity assessment and
exposure assessment processes is combined to determine the magnitude of the
problem (i.e. probability of risk) at a site.  This chapter will also
introduce some specific applications of risk assessment at hazardous waste
sites, such as the Hazard Ranking System, Endangerment Assessments and
Feasibility Studies.
                                                        *
8.1       Risk Assessment Process

In the simplest sense, population risks from toxic chemicals are a function of
two measurable factors:  toxicity and exposure.  In order to cause a risk to
humans, a chemical must be (1) toxic, (2) present in the environment at some
significant level and (3) accessible for human exposure.  Risk assessment is
an evaluation and interpretation of the available scientific evidence on these
points, providing a Judgment and, if appropriate, an estimate of the
probability that risk exists.

The risk assessment process consists of one or more of the following four
steps:

     e Toxicological Evaluation

     e Dose-Response Evaluation

     e Exposure Assessment

     e Risk Characterization

The toxicological evaluation and dose-response evaluation collectively
comprise the toxicity assessment process at a hazardous waste site.   The risk
assessment process is usually initiated by performing a toxicological
evaluation and a. preliminary exposure assessment on the chemical(s)  of
                                      8-1

-------
                           J&fe Systems. Jnc.
                                             i
concern.  If the result* of either are negative (i.e., the chemical is not
toxic or is not present at some significant level), then it is not necessary
to proceed with the risk assessment.

Figure 8-1 provides an overview of the risk assessment process.

8.1.1     Toxicologieal Evaluation

The toxicological evaluation should answer the question "Does the chemical
have an adverse effect?1*  It is a qualitative evaluation of the scientific
data to determine the nature and severity of actual or potential health
hazards associated with exposure to a chemical substance.  This step involves
a critical evaluation and interpretation of toxicity data from
epidemiological, clinical, animal and in vitro studies.  Factors that should
be considered during the toxicological evaluation for each contaminant include
routes of exposure, types of effects, reliability of data, dose, mixture
effects and the strength of evidence supporting the conclusions of the
toxicological evaluation.  The toxicological evaluation should also identify
any known quantitative indices of toxicity (e.g., NOAEL, LOAEL, carcinogenic
risk factors, etc.).  The elements of the toxicological evaluation are
discussed in detail in Chapters 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0 of this handbook.

8.1.2     Dose-Response Evaluation

Once the toxicological evaluation indicates that a chemical is likely to cause
a particular adverse effect, the next step is to determine the potency of the
chemical.  The product of the dose-response' evaluation is an estimate of the
relationship between the dose of a chemical and the incidence of the adverse
effect in the human population.

The dose-response evaluation for non-carcinogenic chemicals provides an
estimation of the NOAEL or LOAEL and the margin of safety associated with the
conditions of exposure of the human populations at potential risk.

The dose-response evaluation for carcinogenic chemicals provides an estimation
of the probability or range of probabilities that a carcinogenic effect will
occur under the conditions of exposure of the human populations at risk.
These estimates of probability are derived using mathematical models of the
dose-response relationship.

The dose-response relationship is introduced in chapter 3.0 of this handbook
and discussed in detail in chapter 6.0.

8.1.3     Exposure Assessment

The exposure assessment describes the likely degree of human exposure to a
chemical of concern at a hazardous waste site.  The objectives of a
site-specific exposure assessment are to identify actual or potential routes
of exposure, characterize the population exposed and determine the extent of
the exposure at a site.  The product of the exposure assessment process, as
detailed in chapter 7.0, is an estimation of exposure levels or doses incurred
for chemicals of concern at the site.
8-2

-------
                                                                 &fe Systems, fac.
   Toxldty Assessment
Does the chemical cause an
     adverse effect?
 (lexicological Evaluation)

  What is the relationship
 between the dose and the
 adverse effect in humans?
(Dose-Response Evaluation)
 Exposure Assessment
What are the current and
projected exposure levels
     at the site?
                            Risk Characterization
                            What is the estimated
                           incidence of the adverse
                          effect in a given population?
    FIGURE 8-1  RISK ASSESSMENT PROCESS  AT HAZARDOUS WASTES SITES
      The risk assessment process  at hazardous waste sites Is  an
      evaluation and interpretation of the available scientific
      evidence on  the toxicity and exposure potential for a
      chemical of  concern.  The  results of the Toxicity and
      Exposure Assessments are integrated to yield a complete
      characterization of risk at  the site.
                                   8-3

-------
                                                                  £ift SystemsJnc.
8.1.4     Risk Characterization

The final step in risk assessment, risk characterization, is the process of
estimating the incidence of an adverse health effect under the conditions of
exposure described in the exposure assessment.  It is performed by Integrating
the information developed during the toxiclty assessment  (toxicological
evaluation and dose-response evaluation) and the exposure assessment to yield
a complete characterization of risk for a given hazardous waste site.

The final risk assessment should include a summary of the risks associated
with a site and such factors as the weight of evidence associated with each
step of the process, the estimated uncertainty of the component parts, the
distribution of risk across various sectors of the population and the
assumptions contained within the estimates.

8.2       Risk Characterization at Hazardous Waste Sites

This section discusses the characterization of risk at hazardous waste sites
In greater detail.  Two discrete steps are required to fully characterize
potential risks from exposure to toxic chemicals at hazardous waste sites:

     1.   Characterize noncarcinogenic risks.
     2.   Characterize carcinogenic risks.

Typically, human populations are exposed to a mixture of chemicals at a
hazardous waste site rather than a single chemical.  This phenomenon occurs
when a series of unrelated chemicals are placed in the same area for disposal
or storage, eventually come in contact with each other, and are released as a
mixture to the environment.  The EPA has published "Proposed Guidelines for
the Health Risk Assessment of Chemical Mixtures" (USEPA 1985) which provides
guidelines for assessing the effects of multiple toxicant or multiple
carcinogen exposures.  The following discussion of risk characterization at
hazardous waste sites is consistent with these proposed guidelines.

8.2.1     Characterization of Noncarcinogenic Risks

Risk assessment for single noncarcinogenic compounds at a site generally
results in the derivation of an exposure level that is considered acceptable
or is not expected to cause adverse effects.  This exposure level may be
expressed in a variety of ways such as the Acceptable Daily Intake (ADI), an
Ambient Air Standard, or Water Quality Criteria.  The term "acceptable level"
(AL) will be used here to indicate any derived criteria, health standards or
advisories.

Characterizing risks from noncarcinogenic compounds involves comparing the
expected exposure level (E) to the AL.  The resultant ratio (referred to as
the hazard index, HI - E/AL) is a numerical Indicator of the transition
between acceptable and unacceptable exposure levels.  When making this
comparison It Is Important to ensure that the units for the exposure level and
acceptable level are the same.  It may be necessary to apply a scaling factor
or exposure coefficient to the estimated exposure level, as appropriate, to
                                       8-4

-------
                             ERRATA (PAGES 8-4, 8-5)


Page 8-4, Section 8.2.1, Paragraph 2

Change the first sentence to read:  "One method that toxicologists use to
characterize noncarcinogenic risks involves comparing the expected exposure
levels (E) to the "acceptable level" (AL) (DSEPA 1985)."

Page 8-5, Paragraph 2

Add this paragraph immediately before Section 8.2.2:  "This method of character-
izing noncarcinogenic risks has not been adopted as official EPA policy.  This
is an oversimplification of the procedures used to estimate noncarcinogenic
risks associated with exposure to multiple chemicals.  There are many assump-
tions made in developing these calculation procedures which the user should be
aware of.  These assumptions are detailed in the proposed mixture guidelines
(USEPA 1985)."                '                     :

-------

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, M:
standardize the units In the ratio.  When HI > 1 there Is a potential health
risk to the human populations associated with exposure to that chemical.
Therefore, the HI of a mixture may be defined as:

                      HI - EI/ALI + E2/AL2 + . . . + E±/ALI

where:

     E. - exposure level to the 1   toxic chemical
     AC, - maximum acceptable level for the 1   toxic chemical

The EPA guidelines assume dose additivity for exposure to multiple
noncarcinogens .  This assumption of additivity is most properly applied to
chemicals that induce the same effect by the same mechanism.  Thus* it may be
desirable to group the chemicals by type of adverse effect and derive a
separate HI for each chemical group to avoid overestimating risk.  As with
single chemicals, when HI approaches unity, the potential for 'risks increases.

8.2.2     Characterization of Carcinogenic Risks

Carcinogenic risks are estimated as the probability or range of probabilities
that a specific adverse effect will occur under the conditions of exposure of
the human population at risk.  One way of expressing this numerical estimate
of risk is as a carcinogenic potency factor or "unit cancer risk" which is
defined as the excess risk due to a continuous lifetime exposure to one unit
of carcinogen concentration.  This carcinogenic potency factor can be used to
convert estimated intake directly to Incremental risk.  This relationship may
be defined as:

     P - dB

where:

     P - incremental risk
     d - exposure level (mg/kg/day)            _.
     B - carcinogenic potency factor (mg/kg/day~ )
      •
For multiple compounds, the above equation may be generalized to:
Total incremental risk at the site is then equal to P.  + P. + ... + P

This equation is based on the following assumptions:

     e Individual intakes are small.
     e Actions by several carcinogens in mixture are Independent (i.e., not
       synergistic or antagonistic).
     e Route-specific cancer risks are additive.
     e Total risk for the site is additive.
                                      8-5

-------
                                                                 ttfe Systems, JHC.
Therefor*, characterizing the potential risks at a site from carcinogenic
chemicals involves determining the incremental risk associated with exposure
to each potential carcinogen at the site and summing the incremental risks to
determine the total risk at the site.

For a detailed discussion of the uncertainties* assumptions and limitations
associated with risk assessments of chemical mixtures refer to the proposed
EPA guidelines (USEPA 1985).

8.3       Application of Risk Assessment at Hazardous Waste Sites

Risk assessments at hazardous waste sites may be performed for many reasons.
Examples of some different applications of risk assessment are briefly
described below.  The Hazard Ranking System, which is described in Appendix A
of the National Contingency Plan, is a risk assessment approach to screen
hazardous waste sites for inclusion on the National Priorities List.

The Public Health Assessment component of the Remedial Investigation and
Feasibility Studies at Superfund sites prescribes an initial risk assessment
methodology for selecting indicator chemicals at a site.  Chemicals are
screened and assigned an "indicator score" based on concentrations present at
the site and their toxiclty.  Chemicals with the top scores are designated as
"Indicator chemicals" for all-analyses at the site.  This allows subsequent
analyses at the site to focus on five to ten "indicator chemicals" rather than
potentially thousands of individual chemicals that may be present at a site.

The goal of the Feasibility Study at a Superfund site is to develop and
evaluate alternative remedial actions.  This evaluation involves an analysis
of the effectiveness (i.e., risk assessment) of each proposed alternative at
reducing potential public health risks at the site.

Finally, any time EPA initiates an enforcement action against a responsible
party at a hazardous waste site, it must support and justify its actions with
an endangerment assessment.  The endangerment assessment, which is a type of
risk assessment, evaluates the magnitude and probability of actual or
potential harm to public health and welfare or the environment from the actual
or threatened release of hazardous substances from a site.  A more detailed
discussion of the endangerment assessment process can be found in the
Endangerment Assessment Handbook (ICAIR 1985).

8.4       Key Guidance and Implementation Documents

ICAIR, Life Systems, Inc.  1985.  The endangerment assessment handbook.
Draft.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Waste
Programs Enforcement.  Contract No. 68-01-7037.

ICF Incorporated.  1985.  Superfund public health evaluation process
procedures manual.  Draft.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response.  Contract No. 68-01-6872.
                                      8-6

-------
                                                                  J&fe Systems, Jm.
Schultz HL, Palmer WA, Dixon GH «t al.  Versar Inc.   1984.  Superfund exposure
assessment manual.  Final Draft.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Toxic Substances, Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency Response.  Contract Kos. 68-01-6271 and 68-03-3149.

USEPA.  1985.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Waste Programs
Enforcement.  Draft endangerment assessment guidance.  Memorandum from Jack W.
McGraw.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  January  16,
1985.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Pesticides and
Toxic Substances.  Chemical activities status report, fourth edition, volume
2.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  EPA
560/TIIS-84-0016.

USEPA.  1982.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Pesticides and
Toxic Substances.  Graphical exposure modeling system (GEMS) user's guide.
Draft.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Whitmore RW.  Research Triangle Institute.  Methodology for characterization
of uncertainty in exposure assessments.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Health and Environmental Assessment, Exposure
Assessment Group.  Contract No. 68-01-6826.

8.5       Background References

ICF Incorporated. .1983.  Scientific support document:  The scientific basis
for the risk evaluation process.  Draft.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response.

ICF Incorporated.  1983.  Superfund feasibility study guidance, chapter 4,
risk evaluation.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Emergency and Remedial Response.

Morgan RC, Clemens R, Davis BD, et al. (No date).  Endangerment assessments
for superfund enforcement actions.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Waste Programs Enforcement.

Schaum J.  1984.  Short course on integration of exposure and risk assessment.
Part 3.  Exposure assessment methods.  Paper presented at the Annual Meeting
of Society for Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry, Arlington, VA.

USEPA.  1985.  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Environmental Criteria
and Assessment Office.  Proposed guidelines for the health risk assessment of
chemical mixtures.  Fed. Regist., Jan. 9, 1985, 50 1170.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Risk assessment and
management:  framework for decision making.  Washington, DC:  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Health and
Environmental Assessment.  Proposed guidelines for carcinogen risk assessment.
Fed.  Regist., Nov. 23, 1984, 49 46294.
                                      8-7

-------
                                                                 Jttfe Systems, JHC.
USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   Office of Health and
Environmental Assessment.  Proposed guidelines for exposure assessment.  Fed.
Regist., Nov. 23, 1984, 49 46304.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   Office of Health and
Environmental Assessment.  Proposed guidelines for mutagenicity risk
assessment.  Fed. Regist., Nov. 23, 1984, 49 46314.

USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   Office of Health and
Environmental Assessment.  Proposed guidelines for the health assessment of
suspect developmental toxicants.  Fed. Regist., Nov.  23,  1984, 49 46324.
                                      8-8

-------
                                                                   &fc Systems, Jnc.
9.0       SUMMARY 07 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ON DIOXINS AND FURANS

This chapter provides a stannary of current toxicological information  on
dioxins and furans.  This class of compounds was chosen for consideration here
because of their high inherent toxicity and because they are often found as
contaminants at hazardous waste sites.  This chapter is similar  to the sort of
summary which might he prepared by a toxicologist for a hazard assessment, and
therefore it is somewhat more technical and detailed than chapters 1  to 8 of
this handbook.  A nontoxicologist would not be expected to prepare a  summary
of this sort, but should, on the basis of the information presented in
chapters 1 to 8 of the handbook, be able to understand and apply this
information.

9.1       Chemical Properties and Environmental Stability

Dioxins are a class of compounds characterized by a structure comprising two
benzene rings interconnected to each other through a pair of oxygen atoms
(dibenzo-p-dioxin)., Individual dioxins differ from each other with respect to
substituents present on the benzene rings.  Various chlorine-substituted
dioxins have been found to be highly toxic, the degree of toxicity depending
on the substitution pattern, iEspecially toxic is 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD).

Dioxins are stable and highly persistent in the environment.  Under laboratory
conditions, soil samples incubated with 1, 10 or 100 ppm of dioxin contained
75Z to 85Z of the original material up to 160 days after treatment (Kearney et
al. 1972).  In another study (Young 1974), soil samples from areas sprayed
10 years earlier contained dioxin levels of 10, 11, 30 and 710 ppt (parts per
trillion).

Some studies indicate that dioxins are subject to photodecomposition or
biodegradation.  Crosby and Wong (1977) applied herbicide formulations
containing chlorodioxins to glass petri dishes, rubber plant leaves or to loam
soil. About 60Z to 702 of the compound was lost in approximately six hours.
Esposito et al. (1980) reviewed studies on the biodegradability of dioxins in
aqueous and soil environments.  However, due to problems of extracting dioxins
from test soils, it was concluded that such transformation has not been
conclusively established.  Chlorodioxins (e.g., TCDD, 2,7-DCDD and DCDD)
undergo photodecomposition in nonpolar solvents, but photodecomposition is
very slow In aqueous solutions or in wet or dry soils (Crosby et al.   1971).

Dioxins are produced as unwanted contaminants in the Industrial manufacture
of chlorophenols and their derivatives.  The primary sources of dioxins in the
environment are the manufacturing and disposal sites of these Industries.
Important exposure routes for dioxins include dermal contact or ingestion of
contaminated water or soil.  Dioxins are lipophilic and tend to bioaccumulate
in fatty tissue, so ingestion of fish (especially bottom-feeders) from
contaminated waters is a significant human exposure route.

Furans are class of polyhalogenated aromatic compounds which are similar to
dioxins.  For example, 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-furan (TCDF)  is similar  in
structure and toxicity to the chlorinated dioxin (TCDD) Isomer.   Very few
                                      9-1

-------
                                                                  £ift Systems, JHC.
pertinent studies on polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs), including TCDF,
have been located.  Summaries of the available studies are included in the
appropriate sections of this chapter* but several sections (i.e., Mutagenic
and Carcinogenic Studies, Quantitative Indices of Toxicity) have no specific
references to PCDFs.

9.2       Summary of Health Effects Data

Exposure to TCDD causes thynic atrophy* decreased body weight* liver damage,
skin lesions (chloracne), renal function Impairment, hematologic effects,
adrenal atrophy* reproductive system damage* immunosuppresslon, fetotoxic,
teratogenic and mutagenlc effects and cancer.  The chemical TCDD is an
extremely toxic substance* with an LD5Q value reported as low as 0.6 yg/kg
following oral administration.

The effects of greatest concern associated with exposure to TCDD are liver
damage* thymic atrophy* fetotoxic and teratogenic effects and carcinogenic
potential.

Reported manifestations of TCDF toxicity are similar, including general edema
(accumulation of fluid)* liver effects* tskin lesions (chloracne)* thymic
atrophy* immunosuppression and lethality.

9.2.1     .Honcareinogenie Studies

9.2.1.1   Acute Effects
         fe ^^•^^"•"^^^•WM^^^"^^^^^^
                                                             •
Various chlorodioxins have produced lethality following exposures for short
durations via oral administration in the rat* mouse, guinea pig* rabbit,
monkey and dog (Schwetz et al. 1973, McConnell et al. 1978a, 1978b).
Estimates of LD.Q values for guinea pigs and mice exposed to various
chlorodioxins range from 283.7 yg/kg to 5*000 yg/kg.  These values are
summarized in Table 9-1.  The most toxic chlorodioxin is TCDD* which has been
shown to Induce lethality in a variety of animals (rat; guinea pig* mouse* .
monkey* rabbit) at dose levels between 0.6 yg/kg and 190 yg/kg following oral
administration.  The dermal U>5fl value was 270 yg/kg.  Estimates of LD50
values for this compound througn various routes of exposure are summarized in
Table 9-2.

A summary of studies providing data on the sub-lethal effects of acute
exposure to TCDD is presented in Table 9-3.  The effects were reported to
occur following single exposures ranging from 0.1 to 300 yg/kg In four animal
species (rat* guinea pig, chicken* mouse).  Liver damage is the most
consistently reported effect in most species.  Rats receiving a single dose of
100 yg/kg of TCDD showed severe liver damage, thymic atrophy and jaundice
(Gupta et al. 1973).  In the same study* thymic and liver damage of lesser
severity occurred at lower dose levels (25 and 50 yg/kg).  In another study
(Greig et al. 1973)* rats exposed to TCDD (300 yg/kg) exhibited jaundice,
multinucleated parenchyma! cells of the liver and gastric hemorrhage.
Histopathologic liver changes were observed five weeks after single oral doses
                                       9-2

-------
                                                          JClfc Systems, JHC.
TABLE 9-1 ACUTE TOXICITIES
Chlorine
Positions
2,8
2,3,7
2,3,7,8
1,2,3,7.8
1,2,4.7,8
1,2,3,4,7,8
1,2,3,6,7.8
1,2,3,7,8,9
OF VARIOUS CHLORODIOXINS BY ORAL EXPOSURE
Guinea Pig
300,000
29,400
0.6-2.0
3.1
1,125
72.5
70-100
60-100
Mouse

3,000
284
337
5,000
825
1,250
1,440
Adapted from MeConnell et al. (1978b).
                                9-3

-------
                                                               Jdfe Systems, Jnc.
TABLE 9-2 ACUTE LETHALITY OF TCDD *
Species
Rat
Rat
Rat
Guinea Pig
Rabbit
Mouse
Mouse
Monkey
Sex
M
M,F
F
M
M,F
M,F
M,F
M
M
F
Route
of Exposure
Oral
Oral
Oral
Oral
Oral
Dermal
Intra-
perltoneal
Oral
Oral
Oral
LD.M. UK/kg
22
100
190
0.6
115
272
252
114
283.7
<70
Reference
Schvetz et al. (1973)
Harris et al. (1973)
Greig et al. (1973)
Schvetz et al. (1973)
Schvetz et al. (1973)
Vos et al. (1974)
McConnell et al. (1978b)
McConnell et al. (1978a)
.*•'
Adapted from Esposito et al.  (1980) and DTP (1982a,b).
                                    9-4

-------
                                                                                                      Jttfc Systems, JHC.
               cn
                          cn
                                      cn
         2
         0
         V4
cn
2
X
H
H
               CO
               4J
               Pk
                  0

                  cd
                  4J
                  O.
            4)

            60
            •H

            2
            o
                                                                       cn    en    »*
                                                                       r-    r-    *-*   /-s
                                                                       ON    ON         eo
                                                                       -*    -*    C   r-
                                                                                   ••W    *^ "

                                                                              •    «3    *•"
                                                                             H    O
                                                               0
                                                               CD
                                                              •H

                                                               e
                                                                                  l
                                                                                         0

                                                                                         M
                                                                                         0
<

z
CO
                            • O
         CO
         4J
         U




         H
               (X
               8
               U    fH
               •H    CO
O
I
en
H
W


tn

O>

fti
               60
               CO .
                     §
            0
            U
            •H


            1
                                       0 .—>
                                       60 01
                                       CO  0

                                      •52
                  H fH        0

                  «IM  >,   *  CO
                     O  W     U fH
                  fH     vl    "H  9
                     SC  fH     M fH
                     O  CO    W fH
                  0 «H  *J     CO  0
                  M 4J  14     CO  O
                  •O  0  O     «)'-'

                  "ft8      -0
                   • 0  M     Cfl  60
                  v *o  o     to  CB
ft 0  •       *O U
 M tH «    W    -H
 ** 9 fi    .CUT)
 o fH at    6o 0 e
 g fH 60    i-l > 3
 0 0 I-    0 «rt CO
a: o o    ft 
-------
                                                                  £1 ft Systems, Jnc.
of TCDD as low as 50 Ug/kg were administered to male and female CD    rats*
and one week after a single dose of 50 Ug/kg was administered to female
CD-I    mice (Harris et al. 1973).  Increased liver weights were found in male
Wistar rats seven days after single intraperitoneal doses of 0.1 Ug/kg
(Cunningham and Williams 1972).

Acute exposure to TCDF appears to cause effects similar to, but less severe
than, the effects caused by TCDD.  A summary of the effects of acute exposure
to TCDF is presented in Table 9-4.

Acute toxicity studies show that TCDF is toxic in chickens and guinea pigs.
McKinney et al. (1976) reported that Leghorn chickens given 5 Wg/kg TCDF
showed fluid accumulation, enlarged hearts and reduced size of thymuses and
spleens.  The compound also caused lethality.

Harltey guinea pigs administered TCDF showed oral LD_Q values of 5 to
10 ug/kg, with a mean time to death of 11 days.  As a comparison, TCDD was
lethal to 50Z of the test guinea pigs following administration of 2.0 ug/kg.
Death occurred within 20.6 days (Moore et al. 1976).

Mice and rats were found to be resistant to TCDF (Moore et al. 1976).  Rats
administered TCDF at a dose of 1,000 Ug/kg failed to show any toxic effects.
Male mice administered a single oral dose of TCDF up to 6,000 ug/kg did not
exhibit adverse effects, except for mild effects on the liver.  Mice
administered subcutaneous injections of TCDF (6,000 Ug/kg) showed an increase
in liver weights as well as liver-to-body-weight ratio.  In contrast, TCDD
caused adverse effects at levels of 0.2 Ug/kg in mice (Kociba et al. 1976) and
0.1 Ug/kg in rats (Vos et al. 1974).

9.2.1.2   Subchronlc and Chronic Effects

Longer exposures to TCDD reportedly cause effects similar to those following
acute exposure including thymic atrophy, liver damage, renal function
impairment, hematological effects, hormonal alterations, immunosuppression,
nervousness and irritability.  A summary of major studies providing
dose-response effects is presented in Table 9-5.  Those studies providing
dose-response data indicating the greatest sensitivity to TCDD are described
below.

Doses as low as 0.1 ug/kg/day caused a slight degree of liver degeneration in
rats in a subchronic 13-week (5 doses per week) study (Kociba et al. 1976).
Dose levels of 1.0 ug/kg/day increased levels of serum bilirubin and alkaline
phosphatase and caused pathologic changes in the livers of rats.  A NOAEL of
0.01 ug/kg TCDD was reported for rats.
                                                                                   i
 (a) A series of letters, numbers or a combination of both indicates a specific
    strain  (i.e., a race or stock) of animals that all have common hereditary
    characteristics.
                                      9-6

-------
                                                                                         J&fe Systems, Jnc.
               VO
               r»
               ON
                       ^o   ^o
                       r*.   i-.
                       Ov   Ot
           8
          4
U
3
8
2
                        01    01

                        01    01

                        o    o
0)    01

0)    0)

o    o
u
e
u
c
o


H
           u
           V
                0)
                N
               •O
                01
                u
                w  e
                h  0)
                             (0

                             u
                   X
                   o
                                       M
                                       3
                        00 O
                        •H «H
                        01  4J



                        *  I
tfc
Q
f»-
O
                                       ^ ^1

                                  £        « J
                eo a
   I    o
   £»    m
                                  •H
                                  iH

                                  •O
                       s
     S-f
     e  o
                                                         (M
                                                         QO
                                                         ON
M
U-
ON

M
          I
                                       9
                                       U
                                         o
                                         00
           00



           00
           01
           (0
                in
        o


        o   §
        4J   O

        in   —i
                                  o
                                  0
                                  o
                                                         01

                                                         o
                                                         CO
                                                         o
                                                         o.
           0)

           «H
           U

           £
 e
 0)

 u
•H
                        00
                       •H
                       (Xi

                        CO
                        0)

                       •H

                       3
                                  o
     01
     (0
                                                         a-
                                                9-7

-------
                                                                                  £fe Systems, Jnc.

                                                                                                       i





0
6
2 0
O «M
&
M
§
06
5

p



^N
\O
•-4
^
tH
01
0

.0
•H
O

tot

CM
00
Ol
••4
,
i-4
4J
I *
^^ O •
*•* CO
a, 3
H O


^

O^
^
h
0
0
£
•o
8

00
^4
M




^
0»
s^
•
y*N iH
5 •
00 U
2 0
*-» B

iS f^
Z •<
^
eft
r*.
»
P4

•
00
2
>^
•
t-t
0

^Q
^
04

z








/^
o
00
v4
s^
04
£4
3S
            *e
OS

O Q
gen"
CM
                             o
                              •
                             o
                                  o
                                   •
                                  o
                                                  CM
                                                    8   §
                                                      •    •
                                                    o   o
   tf
  •o
   oc
  J<

  ^
                             ^^     »•
                        I*.   O     ^^
                        O   O      P
                                                              8
                                                               •
                                                              o
O M
W H
9 M
i

II
I
z


1
M
             O

            •8*
            c§
                 §
                 9
               >» eo   -H   A        «
              •o o   w    p.      • ct
               O rH   >H    M      00


              •QUO.          OJ 0

                 SO.   A    0      U
                           4J •      •
               0 »4   U    « *H   X M
               H 0   -H    > 0   4J 0
               U >   M    0 >   ** >
               0 -H   O   ^0   «J -H
              Q i-l   H   H *H   fc i-4
                                                       a
                                                       •H

                                                       O

                                                       U 14
                                                                    O
                                                                   •o
                                                  •H
                                                   B
                                                       9 0   
                                                       .-s   ^   §
                                         s
                                         (U
   0

cS
5S,
4J  &
          **
             U
             0
             a
            to
               0
               0
0    0
.    .



-------
                                                                 &fc Systems, Jut
Increased mortality was observed In female Sprague-Dawley rats maintained for
2 years on a diet that provided a TCDD dose of 0.1 Ug/kg/day, while no
increased mortality was observed in male rats at this dose or in animals
receiving doses of 0.01 or 0.001 Ug/kg/day (Kociba et al. 1978, 1979).  At
termination of the study, gross and histologic examination indicated that the
liver was the most severely affected organ, with degenerative, necrotlc and
inflammatory changes observed.  Increases in urinary excretion rates of the
metabolites, coproporphyrin and uroporphyrin, in the high and middle dose
females were consistent with the observed liver damage.  Primary liver injury
was dose-related with the lowest dose representing a NOAEL.

When TCDD was administered by gavage (by stomach tube) in corn oil-acetone
(9:1) at dose levels of 0.0, 0.5, 0.05 or 0.01 Ug/kg/week, toxic hepatitis was
observed in male Osborne-Mendel rats at incidences of none out of 74 tested
(0/74), 14/50, 0/50 and 1/50 and in female rats at incidences of 0/75, 32/49,
1/50 and 0/50 (NTP 1980a).  No other non-neoplastic lesions were observed,
even though extensive histologic examinations were performed.  The two
preceding studies support a NOAEL for rats of aO.OOl yg/kg/day, with a LOAEL
of 0.05 yg/kg/day, and a frank effect level (PEL) for liver injury and
possibly decreased survival of 0.5 yg/kg/day.

Non-neoplastic effects of chronic exposure to TCDD in mice were described in
studies investigating the carcinogenic potential of TCDD.  In a National
Toxicology Program (NTP) (1980a) bioassay, histologic examinations were
performed on B6C3F1C   mice treated biweekly with TCDD by gavage in corn
oil-acetone (9:1) for 104 weeks followed by an additional 3-week observation
period.  The doses for male animals were 0.0, 0.01, 0.05 and 0.5 ug/kg/week,
and for female animals, 0.0, 0.04, 0.2 and 2.0 ug/kg/week.  The only
non-neoplastic adverse effect was toxic hepatitis, which occurred in males at
Incidences of 0/73, 5/49, 3/49 and 44/50, and in females at incidences of
0/73, 1/50, 2/48 and 34/47, respectively, in the control, low, medium and high
dose groups.  In another study, weekly dosing by stomach tube of TCDD at doses
of 0.0, 0.007, 0.7 or 7.0 yg/kg/week for one year resulted in amyloidosis
(deposition of amyloid) of the kidney, spleen and liver, and dermatitis at the
time of death in male Swiss mice (Toth et al. 1978, 1979).  The incidences of
these effects in the control, low, medium and high dose groups, respectively,
was 0/38, 5/44, 10/44 and 17/43.  In the high dose group, the amyloidosis was
extensive and considered to be the cause of early mortality.  Severe toxic
effects were observed at doses of 1 yg/kg/day (early mortality) and 0.28 to
0.07 yg/kg/day (toxic hepatitis), while a LOAEL for dermatitis and amyloidosis
of 0.001 yg/kg/day was reported.

Several epidemiologic studies and case reports involving dioxin exposure in
human subjects have been reported (Esposito et al. 1980).  Effects observed
include skin lesions (chloracne, prophyria cutanea tarda), liver function
impairment and neurological disorders (polyneuropathy, peripheral nerve
damage).  An International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC 1982)
evaluation of human exposure data concluded that these studies are inadequate
since they involve multiple chemical exposures.
                                      9-9

-------
                                                                   Jttfe Systems, JHC.
The chemical TCDD has been reported to be fetotoxic and teratogenic when
administered alone or in combination with other chemicals.  Various studies
have been identified in the available literature based on TCDD exposure alone.
Effects observed were kidney anomalies, intestinal hemorrhage* general edema*
cleft palate and fetal death.  Adverse effects on reproduction were also
reported.

Intestinal hemorrhage, general edema and a reduction in fetal weights were
reported in rats following the administration of 0.125 ug/kg/day in studies by
Sparschu et al. (1971).  In the same studies* the number of fetuses was
reduced and fetal death increased at 0.5 vg/kg/day.  No structural
malformations were reported at 0.03 ug/kg/day.  Courtney and Moore (1971)
reported cleft palate and kidney abnormalities in offspring from mice
administered TCDD at doses of 1.0 ug/kg or 3.0 ug/kg.  Similarly, kidney
malformations were reported by the same authors in offspring from rats which
received subcutaneous injections of 0.5 ug/kg/day on day 9, 10, or 13 and 14
of gestation. .

Murray et al. (1979) completed a three-generation reproduction study using
Sprague-Dawley rats fed TCDD continuously in the diet (at levels of 0, 0.001,
0.01, and 0.1 ug/kg/day).  Significant decreases, were observed in fertility,
litter size, gestation survival, postnatal survival, and postnatal body weight
for the 0.01 and 0.1 ug/kg groups.  No apparent adverse effect on reproduction
was seen at the 0.001 Ug/kg dose level.

Nisbet and Paxton (1982) reevaluated the data of Murray et al. (1979) using
different statistical methods.  From this reevaluation it was concluded that
TCDD significantly reduced the gastational index, decreased fetal weight, and
increased liver-to-body weight ratios and the Incidence of dilated renal
pelvis in both lower dose groups.  Nisbet and Paxton (1982) concluded that the
dose of 0.001 Ug/kg/day was not a NOAEL but a LOAEL in this study.

Luster et al. (1980) examined bone marrow, immunelogic parameters, and host
susceptibility in B6C3F1    mice following pre- and postnatal exposure to
TCDD.  Doses of 0, 1.0, 5.0 or 15.0 ug/kg TCDD/body weight were given to dams
on day 14 of gestation and to offspring on days 1, 7 and 14 following birth.
Neonatal body, liver, spleen, and thymus weights were decreased and bone
marrow toxicity occurred in the 5.0 and 15.0 ug/kg groups.  Red blood cell
counts, hematocrits, and hemoglobin were decreased at the highest dose tested.

Oishi et al. (1978) studied the subchronic toxicity of polychlorinated
dibenzofurans  (PCDFs) in rats.  Test animals were fed diets containing 1 or
10 ppm PCDF for four weeks.  The PCDF markedly depressed normal body weight
gain.  In rats fed diets containing 10 ppm of PCDF, significantly decreased
thymus, ventral prostate, and seminal vesicle weights were found, and the
animals developed chloracne-like lesions on the ears within three weeks.
Hemoglobin and hematocrit values (percentage of the volume of a blood sample
occupied by cells) were decreased in rats fed either diet.

9.2.2     Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Studies

Studies on the mutagenicity of TCDD have produced conflicting results.  The
chemicals TCDD reportedly produces mutagenic effects in various bacterial
                                      9-10

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
systems.  However, results were negative In tests employing other indicator
test systems, including cytogenetic (chromosome analysis) tests and dominant
lethal assays.  Hussaln et al. (1972) reported that TCDD  (2 yg/mL) increased
the incidence of reverse mutations in Escherichia coli.   Similarly, TCDD  (dose
not specified) was reported to be mutagenic ..without metabolic activation  in
Salmonella typhimurium test strain TA 1532.  '  Green et  al. (1977) gave  0.25,
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, or 4.0 vg/kg TCDD (dissolved in 1 part acetone: 9 parts corn
oil) by gavage to male and female Osborne-Mendel rats twice weekly for 13
weeks and. observed an increased incidence of chromosomal  breaks in female rats
dosed with 4 ug/kg and in males dosed with 2 vg/kg or 4 yg/kg.

Mutagenic effects (with or without metabolic activation)  were not detected
when Geiger and Neal (1981) examined the mutagenicity of  TCDD (up to
20 yg/plate) using the S. typhimurium test strains^ ' TA1535, TA100, TA1538,
TA98, and TA1537.

The carcinogenic potential of TCDD has been studied extensively.  A summary of
the results of selected comprehensive studies is presented in Table 9-6.  The
results of these studies show that TCDD-exposed animals exhibited malignant
lesions involving multiple organ systems including accessory digestive organs
(liver), endocrine (thyroid, adrenal), renal, reproductive (testes), and  nasal
structures.  Representative studies are described below.

Groups of ten male Sprague-Dawley rats were fed a diet containing TCDD for 78
weeks at dose levels ranging from 1 ppt to 500 ppt or 1 ppb to 1,000 ppb  (Van
Miller et al. (1977).  These dose levels represent approximate weekly dose
levels of 0.0003 to 0.1 ug/kg or 0.4 to 500 ug/kg.  Animals exposed at 5  ppt,
50 ppt, 500 ppt or 5 ppb showed an overall incidence of neoplasm of 38Z
(23/60).  No neoplasms were reported or observed following exposure to 1  ppt
TCDD.  In the 5 ppt group, 5/10 animals had six neoplasms (earduct carcinoma,
lymphocytic leukemia, adenocarcinoma, malignant histiocytoma (with meta-
stases), angiosarcoma and Leydig-cell adenoma).  Neoplasm were also observed
in the following groups:  at 50 ppt, three in 3/10; at 500 ppt, four in 4/10;
at 1 ppb, five in 4/10; at 5 ppb, ten in 7/10.  Neoplasms were not observed in
the controls.  Rats administered TCDD at 50, 500 or 1,000 ppb exhibited 100%
mortality by the fourth week.

In another study (Kociba et al. 1978), groups of 100 Sprague-Dawley rats  (50
males and 50 females) received diets containing TCDD at 0, 22, 210, or
2,220 ppt (equivalent to 0.0, 0.001, 0.01 and 0.1 yg TCDD/kg/day) for two
years .  Administration of 0.01 yg/kg/day increased the incidence of
hepatocellular hyperplastic nodules (female: 18/50 versus 8/86 controls)  and
focal alveolar hyperplasia in the lungs (P<0.05).  Dietary intake of
0.1 yg/kg/day increased the incidence of hepatocellular carcinomas (female:
11/49 versus 1/86) and squamous cell carcinomas of the lung (female: 7/49
versus 0/86), hard palate/nasal turbinates (male: 4/50 versus 0/85; female:
4/49 versus 0/86), and tongue (male: 3/50 versus 0/85) (F<0.05).  Also
increased in frequency by the 0.1 yg TCDD/kg/day were adenoma of the adrenal
cortex (male) and hepatocellular hyperplastic nodules (female).
                                     9-11

-------
                                                                                 £fe Systems. JHC,
              JJ
              «
              gs
                                                                         .0
                                                                         CM
                                                                         00
                                                                                00
CO
H
w
cj
                                                  1
                                                  •I
                                                  a
                                                  s
                                                  8
                                                  o
                                               «-    K .   .
                                               «    0 W «H
                                               OO.fi
                                               (3    C «W  *
                                               0)    « O  S/-K
                                               o    o    w m

                                               h    h B IH  •

                                               !    llsl
                                               •H    «p| «H  C8 04
                                               tJ    |J O  C »-*
                                                                                              •a
                                                                                              1
                                                                                              o
                                                                                              u
                                                                         O 00   « >-*
                                                                         h «w   r-l      4J
                                                                         «      9 'O   «n  •
                                                                         CO B   Of!   « ON
                                                                         O O   »   O JS   « -*
                                                                         Cu (0   (k< w   Z ^
                                                  •
                                                 •H
                                                 O
                                                                                60
                                                                                «


                                                                                u
                                                                                       at
                                                                                       oo
                                                                                       to
                                                  2
                                                 CM
                                                                         n
                                                                         •B
                                                                               I
          a
          o
          O
               §:
                      a.
                      o.
                     o
                     o
                            I

                            •7
     a    oo
s   -    *
o   o    -«
                                                                        J
                                                                         00
                                                                         O
                                                                          •
                                                                         o
                               00
                              Jri

                              *ob
                                      00
 X

CO /-«.
•^. M
 
                                               9-12

-------
                                                                         £fe Systems, Jnc.
         0
         I
             N

             00
                      o

                      CO
         co
         w
         o
         0
         H
««^
W  C Pn
« .
             0 -* <£>
             as '<-"«'
                 CM   iH
         M tft
         CO >^
         •H O
         <-l W
         ^ >%
         O A
         to w
             M
             CO
         0
         00




         C9
                 ^
                  «
                 «

                 00
         §
         «0
         M


         O
                 o
                 00
                 Ox
         0
         CO
I
e
o
o
C*
0
CO
H
60



O



-------
                                                                  £ifc Systems, Jnc.
                                                                                    i
The NTP has performed a chronic bioassay in both Osborne-Mendel rats and
B6C3F1 mice to determine the carcinogenicity of a mixture containing 31Z
1,2,3,6,7,8-HCDD and 67Z 1,2,3,7,8,9-HCDD (NTP 1980).  Other dioxins,
including di-, tri-, tetra-, pentachlorodibenzo-p-dloxin, and
bromopentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxln, were present at less than 0.09Z.  The
mixture was administered to the test animals in corn oil-acetone  (9:1) by
gavage two times/week.  The male and female rats, and the male mice received
doses of 0.0* 1.25* 2.5 or 5 ug/kg/week, and the female mice received doses of
0.0, 2.5, 5.0 or 10 pg/kg/week.  Treatment was continued for 104 weeks
followed by a 3-4 week observation period.  In both test species, exposure to
HCDD produced a dose-related "toxic hepatitis" and an increased incidence of
hepatocellular nodules or tumors (adenomas and carcinomas).  Liver tumor
incidence was statistically significant in both male and female mice and in
female rats.

The NTB /1982a) conducted a study for 104 weeks using Osborne-Mendel rats and
B6C3F1    mice.  The rats and male mice were administered TCDD at 0, 0.01,
0.05 or 0.5 Pg/kg/wk by gavage in two divided doses, and the female mice were
given 0, 0.04, 0.2, or 2.0 Vg/kg/wk.  Incidences of folllcular cell thyroid
adenomas in male rats (PO.001) and of neoplastic nodules in livers of female
rats (P-0.006) increased significantly.  TCDD Increased the numbers of
hepatocellular carcinomas in male mice (P-0.002) and in females (P-0.014).
The total liver tumors (carcinomas and adenomas) were increased in males
(P<0.001) and females (P-0.002).  In addition, female mice had increased
incidence of follicular cell thyroid adenomas.  These studies indicate that
TCDD is an animal carcinogen.

Epldemlologic studies on industrial workers and herbicide applicators are
consistent with the conclusion from animal studies that TCDD is a carcinogen.
However, since TCDD is usually a contaminant of phenoxy acids and/or
chlorophenols, human exposure is always to multiple chemicals.  Therefore, the
evidence for human carcinogenicity from these studies is only suggestive due to
the .difficulty of evaluating the risk of TCDD exposure in the presence of the
confounding effects of the other chemicals (DSEPA 1984).

9.3       Quantitative Indices of Toxlclty

9.3.1     Noncarcinogenlc Effects

Recommended exposure limits to TCDD to ensure human safety have been
established by many agencies.  The National Academy of Sciences (NAS 1977),
before TCDD was considered to be a carcinogen, suggested an ADI of 0.0001 pg/
TCDD/kg/day based on a 13-week feeding study in rats (Kociba et al. 1976).
The reported NOEL in that study  (0.01 Pg/kg) was divided by an uncertainty
factor of 100 to determine the ADI.  The NAS then calculated a suggested-
no-adverse-effeet-level in drinking water of 0.0007 Pg/L, based on the average
weight of a human adult (70 kg) and an average daily intake of water of 2 L,
with water representing 20Z of total intake.

The USEPA (1984) has calculated an ADI of 10   ug/kg/day, using a LOAEL, based
on toxic effects and reduced fertility, of 0.001 pg/kg/day and employing an
uncertainty factor of 1,000.  Using a bioaccumulation factor of 5,000, and
                                      9-14

-------
                                                                   JCife SystemsJHC.
assuming a daily consumption of 6.5 g of fish, a water concentration of
2.0 x 10~  yg/L was derived.  It was noted that this value may not be
sufficiently low to protect against the carcinogenic effects of TCDD (USEPA
1984).

9.3.2     Carcinogenic Effects

Since there is no recognized safe concentration for a human carcinogen, and
TCDD is a suspected human carcinogen, the recommended concentration of TCDD in
water is zero (USEPA 1984).  Assuming daily consumption of 2 L of water and
6.5 g of fish and shellfish, the concentrations of TCDD in water that
correspond to excess cancer risks of 10  , 10   or 10   were calculated to be
1.3 x 10  , 1.3 x 10"8 or 1.3 x 10~* yg/L, respectively (USEPA 1984).  Because
of the tendency for aquatic organisms to bioconcentrate TCDD, most of this
risk is due to consumption of the fish or shellfish.  If no contaminated fish
or shellfish were eaten, the water-concentrations corresponding to-excess
cancer risks of 10  , 10   and 10   would be 2.2 x 10  , 2.2 x 10   and 2.2 x
10**  ug/L, respectively.  These criteria are below the limit of detection of
TCDD in water (approximately 3 x 10~  yg/L) by current analytical methods.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a health advisory stating that
fish with residues of TCDD ^50 ppt should not be consumed, but fish with
residues of < 25 ppt pose no serious health concern (USEPA 1984). The Centers
for Disease Control (CDC) has established 1 ppb TCDD as a level of concern in
residential soils.

9.4       Special Concerns

The special concerns related to TCDD are its extreme toxicity and persistence
in the environment.  It is possibly, on a molecular basis, the most poisonous
synthetic chemical known (Esposito et al. 1980).  It is resistant to
biodegradation and has a high affinity to soil, especially soil with a
significant organic content.

The data from animal studies suggest that fetuses and newborns may be at
greater risk from TCDD exposure than the general population.

9.5       References

Allen JR, Barsotti DA, Van Miller JP, Abrahamson LJ, Lalich JJ.  1977.
Morphological changes in monkeys consuming a diet containing low levels of
TCDD.  Food Co sine t. Toxicol. 15:401.

Anaizi NH, Cohen J.  1978.  The effects of TCDD on the renal tubular secretion
of phenolsulfonphthalein.  J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 207(3):748-755.

Courtney KD, Moore JA.  1971.  Teratology studies with 2,4,5-T and
2,3,7,8-TCDD.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 20:396-403.

Crosby DG, Wong AS, Plimmer JR, Woolson EA.  1971.  Photodecomposition of
chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins.  Science 173:748-749.

Crosby DG, Wong AS.  1977.  Environmental degradation of
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD).  Science 195:1337-1338.

                                     9-15

-------

                                                                   £fe Systems, Jnc.
Cunningham HM, Williams DT.  1972.  Effect of 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin on growth rat* and the synthesis of lipids and proteins in
rats.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Tozicol. 7(1):45-51.

Esposito MP, Tiernan TO, Dryden FE.  1980.  Dioxins.  Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory, Office of Research and Development.  EPA 600/2-80-197,
187-306.

Gelger LE, Meal RA.  1981.  Mutagenicity testing of 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin in histidine auxotrophs of Salmonella typhimurium.  Toxicol.
Appl. Fharmacol. 59(1):125-129.

Goldstein JA, Linko P, Bergman H.  1982.  Induction of porphyria in the rat by
chronic versus acute exposure to 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.
Biochem. Pharmacol. 31(8):1607-1613.

Green S, Moreland F, Shen C.  1977.  Cytogenetic effects of 2,3,7,8-TCDD on
rat bone marrow cells.  Food and Drug Administration Bylines 6:292-294.

Greig JB, Jones G, Butler WH, Barnes JM.  1973.  Toxic effects of
2,3,7,8-TCDD.  Food Cosmet. Toxicol.  11:585-595.

Gupta BN, Vos JG, Moore JA, Zinkl JG, Bullock BC.  1973.  Pathologic effects
of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dloxin in laboratory animals.  Environ. Health
Perspect. 5:125-140.

Harris MW, Moore JA, Vos JG, Gupta BN.  1973.  General biological effects of
TCDD in laboratory animals.  Environ. Health Perspect. 5:101-109.

Hook JB, et al.  1978.  Renal effects of 2,3,7,8-TCDD.  Environ. Sci. Res.
12:381-388.

Hussain SL, Ehrenberg L, Lofroth G, Gejvall T.  1972.  Mutagenic effects of
TCDD on bacterial systems. Ambio. 1:32-33.

IARC.  1982.  International Agency for Research on Cancer.  IARC monographs on
the evaluation of carcinogenic risk of chemicals to humans.  Suppl 4. IARC
Lyon. France.

Kearney PC, Woolson EA, Ellington CP.  1972.  Persistence and metabolism of
chlorodioxins in soils.  Environmental Sci. Tech. 6(12):1017-1019.

Ring ME, Roesler AR.  1974.  Subacute intubation study on rats with the
compound 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodioxin.  United States Environmental Protection
Agency.  NTIS PB-257-677, p 27.

Rociba RJ, Reeler PA, Park CN, Gehring PJ.  1976.  2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)-Results of a 13-week oral toxicity study in rats.
Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 35:553-574.

Rociba RJ, Reyes DG, Beyer JE, et al.  1978.  Results of a two-year chronic
toxicity and oncogenicity study of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin In
rats.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 46(2):279-303.
                                     9-16

-------
                                                                   £ife Systems. Jnc.
assuming a daily consumption of 6.5 g of fish, a water concentration of
2.0 x 10~  jig/L was derived.  It was noted that this value may not be
sufficiently low to protect against the carcinogenic effects of TCDD (USEPA
1984).

9.3.2     Carcinogenic Effects

Since there is no recognized safe concentration for a human carcinogen,  and
TCDD is a suspected human carcinogen, the recommended concentration  of TCDD in
water is zero (USEPA 1984).  Assuming daily consumption of 2 L of water  and
6.5 g of fish and shellfish, the concentrations of TCDD in water that
correspond to excess cancer risks of 10** , 10**  or 10**  were calculated  to  be
1.3 x 10  , 1.3 x 10   or 1.3 x 10   yg/L, respectively (USEPA 1984).  Because
of the tendency for aquatic organisms to bioconcentrate TCDD, most of this
risk is due to consumption of the fish or shellfish.  If no contaminated fish
or shellfish were eaten, the water7concentrations corresponding to7excess
cancer risks of 10  , 10   and 10   would be 2.2 x 10  , 2.2 x 10    and  2.2 x
10**  ug/L, respectively.  These criteria are below the limit of detection of
TCDD in water (approximately 3 x 10   Ug/L) by current analytical methods.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued a health advisory stating  that
fish with residues of TCDD ^50 ppt should not be consumed, but fish  with
residues of < 25 ppt pose no serious health concern (USEPA 1984). The Centers
for Disease Control (CDC) has established 1 ppb TCDD as a level of concern  in
residential soils.

9.4       Special Concerns

The special concerns related to TCDD are its extreme toxicity and persistence
in the environment.  It is possiblyj on a molecular basis, the most  poisonous
synthetic chemical known (Esposito et al. 1980).  It is resistant to
biodegradation and has a high affinity to soil, especially soil with a
significant organic content.

The data from animal studies suggest that fetuses and newborns may be at
greater risk from TCDD exposure than the general population.

9.5       References

Allen JR, Barsotti DA, Van Miller JP, Abrahamson LJ, Lalich JJ.  1977.
Morphological changes in monkeys consuming a diet containing low levels of
TCDD.  Food Co sine t. Toxicol. 15:401.

Anaizi NH, Cohen J.  1978.  The effects of TCDD on the renal tubular  secretion
of phenolsulfonphthalein.  J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 207(3):748-755.

Courtney KD, Moore JA.  1971.  Teratology studies with 2,4,5-T and
2,3,7,8-TCDD.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 20:396-403.

Crosby DG, Wong AS, Plimmer JR, Woolson EA.  1971.  Photodecomposition of
chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins.  Science 173:748-749.

Crosby DG, Wong AS.  1977.  Environmental degradation of
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD).  Science 195:1337-1338.

                                     9-15

-------
                                                                   Jdfc Systems, Jnc.
Cunningham HM, Williams DT.  1972.  Effect of 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin on growth rate and the synthesis of lipids and proteins in
rats.  Bull. Environ. Contaa. Toxicol. 7(1):45-51.

Esposito MP, Tiernan TO, Dryden FE.  1980.  Dioxlns.  Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory, Office of Research and Development.  EPA 600/2-80-197,
187-306.

Geiger LE, Neal RA.  1981.  Mutagenicity testing of 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin in histidine auxotrophs of Salmonella typhimurium.  Toxicol.
Appl. Pharmacol. 59(1):125-129.

Goldstein JA, Linko P, Bergman H.  1982.  Induction of porphyria in the rat by
chronic versus acute exposure to 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.
Biochem. Pharmacol. 31(8):1607-1613.

Green S, Moreland F, Shen C.  1977.  Cytogenetic effects of 2,3,7,8-TCDD on
rat bone marrow cells.  Food and Drug Administration Bylines 6:292-294.

Greig JB, Jones G, Butler WH, Barnes JM.  1973.  Toxic effects of
2,3,7,8-TCDD.  Food Cosinet. Toxicol.  11:585-595.

Gupta BN, Vos JG, Moore JA, Zinkl JG, Bullock BC.  1973.  Pathologic effects
of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin in laboratory animals.  Environ. Health
Perspect. 5:125-140.

Harris MW, Moore JA, Vos JG, Gupta BN.  1973.  General biological effects of
TCDD in laboratory animals.  Environ. Health Perspect. 5:101-109.

Hook JB, et al.  1978.  Renal effects of 2,3,7,8-TCDD.  Environ. Sci. Res.
12:381-388.

Bussain SL, Ehrenberg L, Lofroth G, Gejvall T.  1972.  Mutagenic effects of
TCDD on bacterial systems. Ambio. 1:32-33.

IARC.  1982.  International Agency for Research on Cancer.  IARC monographs on
the evaluation of carcinogenic risk of chemicals to humans.  Suppl 4. IARC
Lyon. France.

Kearney PC, Woolson EA, Ellington CP.  1972.  Persistence and metabolism of
chlorodioxins in soils.  Environmental Sci. Tech. 6(12):1017-1019.

Ring ME, Roesler AR.   1974.  Subacute intubation study on rats with the
compound 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodioxin.  United States Environmental Protection
Agency.  NTIS PB-257-677, p 27.

Rociba RJ, Reeler PA, Park CN, Gehring PJ.  1976.  2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)-Results of a 13-week oral toxicity study in rats.
Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 35:553-574.

Rociba RJ, Reyes DG, Beyer JE, et al.  1978.  Results of a two-year chronic
toxicity and oncogenicity study of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin in
rats.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 46(2):279-303.
                                     9-16

-------
                                                                   Jttfe Systems, JHC.
Kociba RJ, Reyes DG, Beyer JE, Carreon KM, Gehrlng PJ.  1979.  Long-term
toxicologic studies of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) in
laboratory animals.  Ann. NY Acad. Science. 320:397-404.

Luster MI, Boorman GA, Dean JH, et al.  1980.  Examination of bone marrow,
immunologic parameters and host susceptibility following pre- and postnatal *
exposure to 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD).  Int. J.
Immunopharmacol.  2(4):301-310.

McConnell EE, Moore JA, Dalgard DW.  1978a.  Toxicity of 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin in rhesus monkeys (Macacas mulatta) following a single oral
dose.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 43:175-187.

McConnell EE, Moore JA, Baseman JR, Harris MW.  1978b.  The comparative
toxicity of chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins in mice and guinea pigs.  Toxicol.
Appl. Pharmacol. 44:335-356.

McRinney JD, Chae R, Gupta GN, Moore JA, Goldstein JA.  1976.  Toxicological
assessment of hexachlorobiphenyl isomers and 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorobenzofuran in
chicks.  I.  Relationships of chemical parameters.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol.
36:65-80.

Moore JA, Gupta BN, Vos JG.  1976.  Toxicity of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-
furan - preliminary results.  Proc. Natl. Conf. PCB's, November, 77-80.

Murray FJ, et al.  1978.  Three generation reproduction study of rats
ingesting TCDD.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 41:200-201.

Murray FJ, Smith FA, Nitschke RD, Humiston CG, Rociba RJ, Schwetz BA.  1979.
Three-generation reproduction study of rats given 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) in the diet.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 50:241-251.

NAS.   1977.  National Academy of Sciences.  Drinking water and health.
Washington, DC:  National Academy of Sciences.

Nisbit ICT, Paxton MB.  1982.  Statistical aspects of three-generation studies
of the reproductive toxicity of TCDD and 2,4,5-T.  Am. Stat. 36:290-298.

NTP.  1982a.  National Toxicology Program.  Carcinogenesis bioassay of
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin in Osborne-Mendel rats and B6C3F1 mice
(Gavage Study).  Tech. Rpt. Ser. No. 209.  NIH.  Pub. No. 82-1765.

NTP.  1982b.  National Toxicology Program.  Carcinogenesis bioassay of
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dloxin in Swiss-Webster mice (dermal study).
Tech. Rpt. Ser. No. 201.  NIH Pub. No. 82-1757.

NTP.  1980.  National Toxicology Program.  Bioassay of 1,2,3,7,8- and
1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (gavage) for possible carcinogenicity.
DHHS Publication No. (NIH) 80-1754.  Carcinogenisis Testing Program, NCI, NIH,
Bethesda, MD and National Toxicology Program, RTF, Box 12233, NC.
                                     9-17

-------
                                                                   &fc Systems, JHC.
Olshi S, Morita M, Fukuda H.  1978.  Comparative toxicity of polychlorinated
biphenyls and dibenzofurans in rats.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 43:13-22.

Schwetz BA, Norris JM, Sparschu GL, et al. 1973.  Toxicology of chlorinated
dibenzo-p-dioxins.  Environ. Health Perspect. 5:87-99.

Sparschu GL, Dunn FL, Rowe VK.  1971.  Study of the teratogeniclty of
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin in the rat.  Food Cosmet. Toxicol.
9:405-412.

Toth R, Somfai-Relle S, Sugar J, Bence J.  1979.  Carcinogenicity testing of
herbicide 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyethanol containing dioxin and of pure dioxin
in Swiss mice.  Nature (Lond).  278(5704):548-549.

Toth K, Sugar J, Somfai-Relle S, Bence J.  1978.  Carcinogenic bioassay of the
herbicide, 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyethanol (TCPE) with different
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (dioxin) content in Swiss mice.  Prog.
Biochem. Pharmacol. 14:82-93.

USEPA.  1984.  United States Environmental Protection Agency.  Ambient water
quality criteria for 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.  Washington, DC:
Office of Water Regulations and Standards.  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. EPA 440/5-84-007.

Van Miller JP, Lalich JJ, Allen JR.  1977.  Increased incidence of neoplasms
in rats exposed to low levels of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.
Chemosphere 6:537-544.

Vos JG, Moore JA, Zinkl JG.  1974. Toxicity of 2,3,7,8-TCDD in C5781/6 mice.
Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 29:229-241.

Weissburg JB, Zinkl JG.  1973.  Effects of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
upon hemostasis and hematologic function in the rat.  Environ. Health
Perspect. 5:119-123.

Young AL.  1974.  Ecological studies on a herbicide-equipment test area
(TA-C-52A).  Elgin Air force Armament Laboratory.  Technical Report
AF ATL-TR-74-12.
                                      9-18

-------
                                                                  &fe Systems. JHC.
10.0      SUMMARY OF TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ON TRICHLOROETHYLENE

This chapter provides a summary of current toxicological Information on
trichloroethylene.  This compound was chosen for consideration here because  of
its high inherent toxicity and because it is often found as a contaminant at
hazardous waste sites.  This chapter is similar to the sort of summary which
might be prepared by a toxicologist for a hazard assessment, and  therefore it
is somewhat more technical and detailed than chapters 1 to 8 of this handbook.
A nontoxicologist would not be expected to prepare a summary of this sort, but
should, on the basis of the information presented in chapters 1 to 8 of the
handbook, be able to understand and apply this information.

10.1      Chemical Properties and Environmental Stability

Trichloroethylene (TCE) is a nonflammable, colorless liquid used  primarily as
a solvent, in metal degreasing, in drycleaning operations and in  refrigerants
and fumigants.  In the past, TCE has also been used as an anesthetic and as  an
extractant in food processing.  Trichloroethylene has a sweet odor, resembling
that of chloroform.  Trichloroethylene is practically insoluble in water, but
highly soluble in llplds.

Although TCE can be formed during the water chlorination process, the major
source of environmental levels of this chemical is volatilization of TCE
during manufacturing.  Trichloroethylene is widely distributed in the environ-
ment; however, there is no Indication that it is persistent or that it bioac-
cumulates'ln the food chain.  Trichloroethylene has .been detected in air,
food, human tissues and in groundwater.  Concentrations in groundwaters range
from 18 to 22,000 ppb.  An EPA finished water survey of ten cities reported
TCE in half the supplies tested (levels ranged from 0.1 to 0.5 Vg/L (USEPA
1975).

10.2      Summary of Health Effects Data

Exposure to TCE can produce CNS depression (e.g., unconsciousness, numbness,
incoordlnation), minor liver damage, kidney necrosis (death of kidney cells),
painful breathing and cardiac arrhythmia.  The most critical endpoint for
toxicological evaluation, however, is the carcinogenic potential  of TCE.

The most Important routes of exposure to TCE are Inhalation and ingestion.
Trichloroethylene is readily absorbed both orally and in the lungs.  In mice
and rats 95Z and 98Z, respectively, of an orally administered dose of TCE was
absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract within 72 hours (Dekart et al.  1984).
Human data concerning TCE absorption has been obtained using the inhalation
route of exposure.  Stewart et al. (1962) reported TCE concentrations of
4.5 to 7 mg/L in blood within two hours of exposure to a time-weighted average
concentration of 1,420 mg/m .  Estimates of retention In the lung have ranged
from 28% to 24Z.  Dermal absorption is also rapid, but in most cases the
opportunity for this route of exposure is Insignificant.

The metabolism of TCE is an Important factor in its toxicity.   Trichloro-
ethylene is metabolized to active intermediates (e.g., 2,2,3-trichloroxirane,
dichloroacetic acid) that may be responsible for some of  the long-term effects
of TCE.  Additionally, there are Important differences in the  metabolism among


                                     10-1

-------
                                                                  Jttfe Systems, JHC.
different species, making interspecies comparisons difficult.  Trichloro-
ethylene does not appear to be teratogenic.  Available evidence concerning
mutagenicity is nixed.  Trichloroethylene was mutagenlc in two microbial
nutagenlcity assays (an Ames test and a host-mediated assay in mice).
However* exposure of mouse sperm cells to TCE had no significant effect on
litter size (dominant lethal assay).

10.2.1    Honcareinogenic Studies

10.2.1.1  Animal Studies

Trichloroethylene* like most other chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons,
produces depression of the CSS and inhibits cardiac function in animals
following acute exposure.  At higher doses liver damage occurs.  Evidence
indicates that repeated acute exposures are no more harmful to laboratory
animals that a single, acute exposure (i.e., there is no accumulation).

Grandjean (1960) exposed male rats to 200 and 800 ppm TCE vapor for 4 to
11 weeks.  After a single three-hour exposure the animals were tested in  a
previously trained rope-climbing experiment.  The number of spontaneous climbs
to receive a reward was significantly increased in comparison to controls.
The observed effect* attributed to TCE-induced excitability, was, however, not
dose dependent.  In a subsequent study Grandjean (1963) exposed rats to 400 or
800 ppm TCE for six hours and measured swimming performance and motor
activity.  At 400 ppm performance was retarded slightly; at 800 ppm
performance was significantly adversely affected.  One hour after termination
of exposure no significant changes were observed.

Adams et al. (1951) exposed several species to various levels of TCE vapor
7 hours/day, 5 days/week for 6 months.  The authors determined iM-«-»m««i
no-effect levels of 400 ppm in monkeys, 200 ppm in rabbits and rats and
100 ppm in guinea pigs.  Prendergast et al. (1967) subjected rats, rabbits,
guinea pigs, monkeys and dogs to either 730 ppm TCE (5 days/week, 8 hours/day
for six weeks) or 35 ppm (continuously for 90 days).  In both these
experiments, the only effects of TCE exposure observed were occasional, slight
body weight loss or below normal body weight gain.

Klmmerle and Eben (1973) exposed male rats to 55 ppm TCE vapor for 15 weeks
(8 hours/day, 5 days/week).  The only observable effect seemed to be increased
liver weights.  Clinical hematologlcal values were within normal ranges.

Tucker et al. (1982) exposed male and female CD-I mice to TCE in drinking
water at concentrations of 0, 100, 1,000, 2,500 or 5,000 mg/L for six months.
The 100-mg/L dose produced no observed effects in the mice.  The 1,000-tng/L
dose produced an increase in the ratio of liver weight to total body weight in
males only.  At the 2,500-mg/L dose males exhibited Increased ketone (an
indication of diabetes) and protein levels In the urine and Increased relative
liver weights.  These effects were not observed in the females.  The highest
dose produced decreased body weights, Increased liver and kidney weights  and
increased urinary ketone and protein levels.
                                      10-2

-------
                                                                  J&fe Systems, JHC.
Stott et al.  1982 administered various doses of TCE to mice  and  rats  by gavage
(5 days/week) for three weeks.  At 250 mg/kg minimal hepatotoxic effects were
observed in the mice.  Doses of 500 mg/kg/day or greater produced
centrilobular hypertrophy  (swelling of the middle of the lobe) in the mouse
livers.  In contrast, a dose of 1,000 mg/kg/day resulted in  no liver  damage  in
the rats.

10.2.1.2  Human Studies

In humans, acute exposure  to high levels of TCE results in CNS depression  such
as incoordination and unconsciousness.  Although there have  been incidences  of
acute exposure, clinical analysis of these incidents rarely  establishes
clear-cut exposure limited to only TCE.  Chronic exposure of humans to  TCE in
occupational settings has  resulted in few reports of liver damage.

Single oral doses of TCE ranging from 7.6 to 35 g have been  reported  to produce
adverse symptoms and eventual recovery.  Feldman (1970) reported on a person
exposed to TCE vapors from an overheated, degreasing unit (exposure level  not
reported).  Symptoms included nausea, vomiting, blurred vision and facial
numbness.  An 18-month recovery period resulted in restoration of facial
sensation and motor function.  In fatal cases of acute TCE exposure,  no tissue
abnormalities were observed at autopsy (Kleinfeld and Tabershaw  1954).

Epidemiological evidence has been generally reported on workers  exposed
occupationally.  These studies rarely include an unexposed control group.
Demographic characteristics of the exposed group are not always  provided.
Another serious flaw includes lack of information about possible exposures to
other chemicals in the workplace.

Bordodej and Vyskocil (1956) examined 75 persons occupationally  exposed  to TCE
in drycleaning or degreasing establishments.  The TCE concentration varied
from 50 to 630 ppm; workers had been exposed from six months to  25 years.
Symptoms including alcohol intolerance, shivers, giddiness, anxiety and
cardiac abnormalities and  sleep disturbances were found to be significantly
correlated with the duration of exposure.

Takamatsa (1962) studied 50 males and female factory workers exposed  to TCE
for approximately 2.5 years.  Airborne TCE concentrations ranged  from 25 to
250 ppm.  Workers exposed  to less than 50 ppm TCE showed no apparent  ill
effects.  Six workers In a degreasing room (150 to 250 ppm TCE)  reported
headaches, dizziness, giddiness, drunken feeling, flushing of the face,
burning throat and fatigue.

10.2.2    Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Studies
                             I
10.2.2.1  Animal Studies     i

A number of carcinogenic studies have been performed In rats and mice that
indicate the carcinogenic potential of TCE.  Experimental details for these
studies are provided In Table 10-1.  The National Cancer Institute (NCI)
(1976) conducted a 78-week carcinogenic study in rats and mice.  Five-week-old
                                     10-3

-------
                                                                Jdfe Systems. JHC.
  1
  fc
  0
976
NC
982
982
Henschler
et al.
(1980)
                ~  -8
occurr
11/47
umo
e) and
reated
with 0/20
(P<0.05
t
s
the
ared
atocellular
4/50 (low-d
e) of
s comp
emale
ev
gh
ra
gh
a
f
hi
(

Hep
in
(hi
fem
con
were
for the

No effects





0 •
•0 -H CO
i • a
5 • o
J3 0 0
•STJ
:ss
iH «H O
SO
** 0
0 0
0 5 >o
«a u 0
O -H
Tias
•ftU

-------
                                                                                             JCife Systems, JHC.
                    0
                    u
                    M

                    VM

                    OS
                              KUM00
                          H 0    «y«w0H0-Hca
                                                        0 O
                    X
                    01
                    M
                        pu fe PM to   P* te (M
Species
(strain
                                  co
                          8/-»
                          U
                        9 «
                        0 M
                        8 vx
                                  >>
                                00
                                U «-l
                             M  0. »
                             « CO 5
                             h «-* Q
tLJ fi
 o "
                    1
                  «W M
                  e« «
                         a
                        us
       1


       i
!
                  4J 0
                  0 0
                  M M
                  9 H
                  Q
                                          cd 0
                                         •o «
        fa a ao h a eo
          §>»-< 9 >>-*
          0    00
       JC -O M J3 •« fa
            O     O
                           • o
                      fa
                      o
                                                      M »
                                      I*
                                                      14 • o
            --8
          •o
          !
          g
          u
0
a
o
Q
§.0.
a. a.
o o
0 0
•* m
§.§,
a. o,
•^ m
§,§.§.
O. PU ft.
o o o
m m in
•— < -*
1; I g.
Cb CU ftl
o o o
m in m
                                                           10-5

-------
                                                                  J&fe Systems, Jnc.
mice and seven-week-old rats were gavaged 5 days/week with TCE with a high or
low dose.  No treatment-related effects were observed in rats.  There was  a
significant increase in hepatocellular carcinomas in the male mice  at both
doses and in the females of the high-dose group.  Due to suspected  contamina-
tion of the original test material with eplchlorohydrln (a known  carcinogen),
the bioassay was repeated.  In the repeat bioassay, rats (F344/N)     and mice
(B6C3F1)W of both sexes were administered TCE by gavage for 103 weeks.   Rats
received doses of 500 or 1,000 mg/kg; mice were administered 1,000  9g/fcg*
Trichloroethylene was not found to be carcinogenic in female F344/N   rats.
The experiment with male rats was considered to be inadequate, since these
rats received dose levels of TCE that exceeded the maximum tolerated dose.
Trichloroethylene was demonstrated to be carcinogenic in both sexes of
B6C3F1^   mice, producing hepatocellular carcinomas.

The NTP (1982) completed a bioassay using Fisher 344(a) rats and  B6C3Fl(a)
mice.  Trichloroethylene was administered by gavage at doses of 500 or
1,000 mg/kg in rats and 1,000 mg/kg in mice for 103 weeks.  High-dose male
rats exhibited a significant increase In kidney tubular adenocarcinomas.   A
dose-related reduction in survival was noted in male rats.  Toxic nephrosis
(degeneration of the cells in the kidney tubules) was found in treated rats
dying during the course of the study.  In the treated mice, body weights and
survival were reduced in males.  In both sexes there was a significant
increase in the incidence of hepatocellular carcinomas.

Henschler et al. (1980).studied the effect of chronic inhalation of TCE on the
.tumor incidence in NMRI    mice, Wlstar rats and Syrian hamsters.   Groups  of
male and female animals of each species were exposed by Inhalation  to 100  or
500 ppm TCE for 18 months.  At 30 months (for mice and hamsters)  and 36 months
(for rats), no statistically significant increased tumor incidences were
observed in any group except for malignant lymphomas in female mice in both
treated groups.

Fukuda et al. (1983) examined the effect of chronic inhalation of reagent
grade TCE  (99.8% pure) on the tumor incidence in female ICR    mice and
Sprague-Dawley rats.  Groups of 49 to 51 animals of each species were exposed
to 0, 50,  150 or 450 ppm TCE for 104 weeks.  In mice, the incidences of
pulmonary adenocarcinomas in the 150 ppm group and the 450 ppm group were
significantly higher than that of controls.  The average number of  lung tumors
per mouse in groups exposed to 150 ppm TCE and 450 ppm TCE was more than three
times that of the controls.  No increased tumor incidences were observed in
rats.

10.2.2.2  Human Studies

Axelson et al.  (1978) conducted an epidemlological study of cancer  deaths
among a group of 518 men occupatlonally exposed to TCE.  Exposure was ;
 (a)  A series  of  letters,  numbers  or  a  combination  of both  Indicates a  specific
     strain (i.e.,  a  race  or  stock) of  animals  that all have common hereditary
     characteristics.
                                      10-6

-------
                                                                  £ ft Systems, Jnc.
estimated by measuring a  TCE metabolite,  trlchloroacetic acid (TCA), in the
urine.  A TCA  level of >100 mg/L was  considered to be high exposure,
corresponding  to more than 30  ppm in  air.  Close agreement was found between
observed and expected numbers  of cancer deaths based on national Swedish death
rates.  Since  the sample  was small, the authors hesitated to rule out an
increased cancer risk from TCE exposure,  especially from rare tumors.

10.3      Quantitative Indices of Toxicity

A number of estimates of  noncarcinogenic  indices of toxicity and estimates of
carcinogenic risk have .been calculated for TCE.  These are summarized in
Table 10-2.

10.3.1    Noncarcinogenic Effects
        •  ^^•••••^•^•"•^^^••^^^••^•••••^••^•^^•"^^^^•^^•fc^^"

There have been several risk estimates for TCE calculated with regard to
noncarcinogenic endpoints.   The National  Academy of Sciences (HAS 1980)
calculated a Suggested No-Adverse-Response Level (SNARL) of 105 mg/L of
drinking water based on observation that  the  lowest oral dose of TCE reported
to produce inebriation was approximately  300  mg/kg.  A 100-fold safety factor
was used in the calculation, recognizing  that the minimum effect level fo?
inhibition of  reflexes was undoubtedly lower  than 300 mg/kg.  It was assumed
that the sole  source of TCE was drinking  water and that a 70-kg human consumes
2 L/day.  A seven-day SNARL of 15 mg/L was also calculated by dividing the
one-day value  by 7.  A chronic minimum effect level was not established  due to
lack of appropriate, data.

The EPA Office of Drinking Water (USEPA 1979)  computed a one-day SNARL value
of 2 mg/L.  This value was based on a study in which human volunteers were
exposed via inhalation to 110  ppm of  TCE  for  an eight-hour period.   The
calculation considered the most sensitive subpopulation (children)  and used an
uncertainty factor of 100.   A  ten-day SNARL was conservatively estimated by
dividing the one-SNARL by 10 (200 Ug/L).   A chronic SNARL of 74 yg/L was
derived using  the minimum effect level of 55  ppm observed in the Kiamerle and
Eben (1973) study.

The EPA Office of Water Regulations and Standards (USEPA 1980)  established an
ADI of 38 mg/day based on the  noncarcinogenic  endpoints noted in the NCI
(1976) bioassay (dose-related  decreased survival,  chronic kidney disease).
The lowest dose (548 mg/kg/day,  time-weighted  average)  was considered a
LOEL.  Assuming daily consumption of  2 L  of water and 6.5 grams of
contaminated fish, the level that protects against the  toxic effects of  TCE
was calculated to be 18.3 mg/L.

The American Conference of  Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIB 1980)
has recommended a Threshhold Limit Value  (TLV)  of  50  ppm and a  Short-Term
Exposure Limit (STEL) of  150 ppm.  These  levels are recommended to  provide
workers with adequate protection against  the toxic effects of TCE.   An
8 hour TLV of  100 ppm has been proposed by the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)  (1973)  for  an  eight-hour workday.
                                     10-7

-------
                                                                 Jttfc Systems, Jnc.
                      TABLE 10-2  RISK ESTIMATES FOR TCE
       Organization
     Noncarcinogenic
HAS (1977)

HAS (1980)
USEPA (1979)
(Office of Drinking Water)
USEPA (1980)
(Office Water Regulations
and Standards)

ACGIH (1980)
NIOSH (1973)
105 mg/L (one-day SNARL)
15 mg/L (seven-day SNARL)

2 mg/L (one-day SNARL)
200 yg/L (ten-day SNARL)
74 yg/L (chronic SNARL)

38 ing/day (ADI)
18.3 mg/L (Ambient Water
Standard)

50 ppm (TLV)
150 ppm (STEL)

100 ppm (TLV, 8-hour)
10   Excess Cancer Risk

        6.3 yg/L

        3.0 yg/L
        2.7 yg/L
                                                                                  i
                                      10-8

-------
                                                                   £ife Systems, JHC.
10.3.2    Carcinogenic Effects

The IARC has performed an assessment of the degree of evidence for the
carcinogenicity of TCE to humans and experimental animals which was published
by the World Health Organization (WHO) (WHO 1982).  This assessment concluded
that TCE is a Group 3 chemical (inadequate evidence of carcinogenicity in
animals or humans).  Nonetheless, several carcinogenic risk assessments have
been performed.

A statistical assessment of human cancer risk associated with TCE in drinking
water was performed by NAS (1977) based on the NCI (1976) study.  For TCE at a
concentration of 1 yg/L, the estimated risk was calculated to be 0.36 to.
1.1 x 10" .  The concentration corresponding to a cancer frequency of 10~  is
9.1,to 27.7 ug/L.  The upper bound 95% confidence limit estimate was 1.6 x
10~  for 1 ug/L.  This corresponds,to a concentration of 6.3 yg/L for an
excess lifetime cancer risk of 10~ .  Using the data from NTF (1982), another
estimate was made using the multistage model (USEPA 1983).  Averaging both the
male and female data sets, the estimated upper 952 confidence estimate of
lifetime risk per yg/L was 3.3 x 10  .  The concentration corresponding to a
10   risk level is 3.0 yg/L.  The EPA Office of Water Regulations and
Standards (USEPA 1980), using the data from-NCI (1976), published a
recommended criterion of 2.7 yg/L for the 10~  risk level.

10.4      Special Concerns

Since the toxicity of TCE is highly dependent on its. metabolism, the
possibility exists that there will be age and sex differences and additional
risk in extrapolating results from one species to another.  Additionally,
there is the possibility of synergistic effects with alcohol.

10.5      References

ACGIH.  1980.  American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
Threshold limit values for chemical substances and physical agents in the
workroom environment with intended changes for 1980.  Cincinnati, Ohio:
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, p. 406.

Adams EM, Spencer NC, Rowe KU, McCollister DO, Irish DD.  1951.  Vapor
toxicity of trlchloroethylene determined by experiments on laboratory animals.
AHA Arch. Ind. Hyg. Occup. Med. 4:469.

Axelson 0, Andersson R, Hogstedt C, Holmberg B, Molina G, de Verdier A.  1978.
A cohort study on trichloroethylene exposure and cancer mortality.  J.  Occup.
Med. 20:194.

Bardodej Z, Vyskocil J.  1956.  The problem of trichloroethylene in
occupational medicine.  AMA Arch. Ind. Health 13:581.

Dekant W, Metzler M, Henschler D.  1984.   Novel metabolites of
trichloroethylene through dechlorination reactions in rats, mice and humans.
Biochem. Pharmacol. 33:2021-2027.
                                     10-9

-------
                                                                   & ft Systems, JHC.
Feldman EG, Mayer KM, Taub A.  1970.  Evidence for a peripheral neurotoxic
effect of trlchloroethylene.  Neurology 20:599-606.

Pukuda K, Takemoto K, Tsuruta H.  1983.  Inhalation carcinogenicity of
trichloroethylene in mice and rats.  Industrial Health 21:243-254.

Grandjean E.  1963.  The effects of short exposures to trichloroethylene on
swimming performances and motor activity of rats. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J.
24:376.

Grandjean E.  1960.  Trichloroethylene effects on animal behavior.  Arch.
Environ. Health 1:106.

Henschler D, Romen W, Elsasser HM, Reichert D, Ecler E, Radwan Z.  1980.
Carcinogenicity study of trichloroethylene by long-term inhalation in three
animals species.  Arch. Toxlcol. 43:237-248.

Klmmerle G, Eben A.  1973.  Metabolism, excretion and toxicology of
trichloroethylene after Inhalation.  I. Experimental exposure on rats.  Arch.
Toxicol. 30:115.

Kleinfeld M, Tabershaw IR.  1954.  Trichloroethylene toxicity.  AMA Arch. Ind.
Hyg. Occup. Med. 10:134.

HAS.  1980. . National Academy of Sciences.  Drinking water and health.  Vol.
III.  Washington, DC:  National Academy Press.

HAS.  1977.  National Academy of Sciences.  Drinking water and health.  Vol I.
Washington, DC:  National Academy Press.

NCI.  1976.  National Cancer Institute.  Carclnogenesis bioassay of
trichloroethylene.  U.S. Department of Health Education and Welfare, Public
Health Service.

NIOSH.  1973.  National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
Criteria for recommended standard occupational exposure to trichloroethylene.
HFM 73-11025.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Government Printing Office.

NTP.  1982.  National Toxicology Program.  Carcinogenesis bioassay
experimental and status report, March 1982.  National Toxicology Program:
Research Triangle Park, NC.

Prendergast JA, Jones RA, Jenkins LJ, Slegel J.  1967.  Effects on
experimental animals of long-term inhalation of trichloroethylene, carbon
tetrachloride,  1,1,1-trichloroethane, dichlorodifluoromethane, and
1,1-dichloroethylene.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharm. 10:270.

Stewart RD, et al.  1962.  Observations on the concentrations of
trichloroethylene in blood and expired air following exposure to humans.  Am.
Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 23:167.
                                      10-10

-------
                                                                 Jjfc Systems, Jnc.
Stott WT, Quast JF, Watanabe PG.  1982.  The pharmacoklnetics and
macromolecular interactions of trichloroethylene in mice and rats.  Toxicol.
Appl. Pharmocol. 62:137-151.

Takamatsa M.  1962.  Health hazards in workers exposed to trichloroethylene
vapor.  II.  Exposure to trichloroethylene during degressing operation in a
communicating machine factory.  Kumamoto Med. J. 15:43.

Tucker An, Sanders VM, Barnes DW, Bradshav TJ, White KL, Sain LE, GBorzelleca
JF, Munson AE.  1982.  Toxicology of trichloroethylene in the mouse.  Toxicol.
Appl. Pharmacol. 62:351-357.

USEPA.  1983.  United States Environmental Protection Agency.  Health
assessment document for trichloroethylene.  ECAO.  Research Triangle Park, NC.
December 1983 draft.
                 *
USEPA.  1980.  United States Environmental Protection Agency.  Ambient water
quality for trichloroethylene. . Washington, DC:  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  EPA 440/5-80-077.

USEPA.  1979.  United States Environmental Protection Agency.  SNARL for
trichloroethylene.  Health Effects Branch, Criteria and Standards Division,
Office of Drinking Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA.  1975.  United States Environmental Protection Agency.  Identification
of organic compounds in effluents from industrial sources.

WHO.  1982.  World Health Organization.  IARC monographs on the evaluation of
the carcinogenic risk of chemicals to humans.  Chemicals, industrial processes
and industries associated with cancer in humans.  International Agency for
Research on Cancer Monographs.  Vol 1 to 29, Supplement 4.  Geneva:  World
Health Organization.
                                     10-11

-------


-------
                                                                  &{e Systems, Jnc,
11.0      SUMMARY OF TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ON LEAD

This chapter provides a summary of current toxlcological  Information on
lead.  This compound was chosen for consideration here because  of  its high
inherent toxicity and because it is often found as a contaminant at  hazardous
waste sites.  This chapter is similar to the sort of summary which might be
prepared by a toxicologist for a hazard assessment, and therefore  it is
somewhat more technical and detailed than chapters 1 to 8 of this  handbook.  A
nontoxicologist would not be expected to prepare a summary of this sort, but
should, on the basis of the information presented in chapters 1 to 8 of the
handbook, be able to understand and apply this information.

11.1      Chemical Properties and Environmental Stability

Lead is a metallic element designated by the symbol Fb.   Contamination of the
environment with lead has increased dramatically since the industrial
revolution, due primarily to lead emissions into the air.  These emissions may
be inhaled directly, or may settle on soil or water and be ingested.   The
chemical form of lead emissions and its form in soil, water or  the food chain
varies considerably, but is nearly always some oxide, salt or complex of the
lead ion (Pb  ).  Lead oxides, salts and complexes may be altered  by
speciation reactions, but the lead ion itself is stable under normal
environmental conditions.

11.2      Summary of Health Effects Data

Lead exposure produces adverse effects on many systems of the body,  including
the hematopoietic, cardiovascular, nervous, endocrine, renal, reproductive and
digestive systems.  Acute lead intoxication in humans is  characterized by
encephalopathy (disease of the brain), abdominal pain, hemolysis (destruction
of red blood cells), liver damage, renal tubular necrosis, seizures,  coma and
cardiorespiratory arrest.  Severe poisonings of this sort are rare,  and most
concern regarding lead toxicity focuses on insideous Injury to the hema-
topoietic system, the nervous system and the cardiovascular system following
chronic exposure to low levels of lead.  Of particular concern are data that
suggest that some of these effects may not have a threshold value.

Lead-induced effects have been extensively investigated both in animals and In
humans.  Studies in animals are useful since dose levels and the chemical form
of administered lead are known, but they are limited by differences in  lead
absorption and metabolism between animals and humans.  Studies in humans are,
therefore, more directly useful, but accurate knowledge of exposure levels,
exposure routes or chemical form are rarely known.

One means of solving this problem is to assess human exposure to lead by
measuring the concentration of lead in the blood (FbB).  This value reflects
the magnitude of current or recent-past exposure to lead,  and it is possible
to calculate the exposure that produced the observed FbB value.   While  this
approach permits the use of human data in identifying NOAEL and LOAEL values
for lead, it is limited by the fact that the calculation of lead exposure from
measured FbB values may not be highly accurate.   Moreover, many of the toxic
                                     11-1

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, Jnc.
effects of lead arc irreversible and current or recent-past exposure  levels
•ay not reflect exposure levels at the tine the injury actually occurred.

The following sections provide brief descriptions of some representative
studies of the key adverse health effects of lead in animals and humans.

11.2.1    Noncarcinogenic Studies

11.2.1.1  Effects of Lead on Henatopoiesis

Lead inhibits several key enzymes involved in heme  (a component of hemoglobin)
biosynthesis.  The activity of delta-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase  (ALA-D)
appears to be very sensitive to lead* and inhibition had been reported  at
quite low PbB values.  Hernberg and Nikkanen (1970) found that ALA-D  activity
was inversely correlated with PbB values in a group of subjects with  50Z
inhibition at a PbB level of 16 Mg/dL.  Other reports have.confirmed  these
observations across age groups and exposure categories.

The inhibition of ALA-D is reflected by increased levels of its substrate,
delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA), both in urine and in whole blood or  plasma.
The toxicological significance of an increase in cellular or plasma ALA levels
is uncertain, but it appears that ALA can inhibit release of neurotransmitter
from nerve cells, even at ALA levels as low as 1.0 idi (Brennan and Cantrill
1979).

Another enzyme of heme biosynthesis that is inhibited by lead is
ferrochelatase.  This enzyme inserts ferrous ion (Fe  ) into protoporphyrin to
form heme.  In lead exposure, the porphyrin acquires a zinc ion in lieu of
ferrous ion, forming zinc protoporphyrin (ZPP).  A correlation between  PbB and
erythrocyte ZPP has been extensively documented, with a threshold value of
about 15 to 30 ug/dL (Reels et al. 1975, Plomelll et al. 1982).

One of the most characteristic effects of chronic lead intoxication is  anemia.
The mechanism of lead-associated anemia appears to be a combination of  reduced
hemoglobin production and shortened erythrocyte survival.  Reduced
hemoglobin production is a consequence of inhibition of heme synthesis  (as
described above), coupled with a decreased production of globin.  It  is also
clear that there is a hemolytic component to lead-induced anemia in humans,
owing to shortened erythrocyte survival (Hernberg et al. 1967, Leikin and Eng
1963).

Exposure to lead results in inhibition of heme biosynthesis not only  in
erythrocytes, but in other tissues as well.  This results in decreased
activity of a number of heme-containing enzymes, including cytochrome P-450
(which is important in metabolism of many drugs, chemicals and natural
compounds) and the renal enzyme 1-hydroxyglase (which mediates the final step
in the synthesis of the active form of vitamin D).  Inhibition of the latter
enzyme impairs biosynthesis of the active form of vitamin D, and this may
produce a series of adverse effects related to calcium absorption and cell
development.
                                      11-2

-------
                                                                  Oft Systems, Juc.
11.2.1.2  Effects of Lead on th« Nervous System

Studies In animals indicate that the perinatal period of ontogeny  is a time of
particular sensitivity of the nervous system to lead exposure.   In nursing
female rats, ingestion of water containing levels as low as 20 mg  Pb  /L
(2 mg/kg/day) causes effects on neurotransmitter metabolism in the offspring,
and higher exposure levels result in a number of morphologic, biochemical and
electrophysical changes (Govoni et al. 1980).

Grant et al. (1980) exposed rats indirectly to lead in utero and during
lactation through the mother's milk and, after weaning, directly through
drinking water.  There were delays in the development of surface righting and
air righting reflexes in subjects given water containing 50 or 250 mg Pb  /L
(5 or 25 mg/kg/day).  Generally similar results were obtained when suckling or
young rats were exposed to lead directly (as opposed to indirect exposure via
the mother).  Cory-Slechta and Thompson (1979) supplied weanling male
rats with drinking water solutions containing 25, 150 or 500 mg  Pb /L (2.5,
15 or 50 mg/kg/day).  Animals exposed to 50 ppm or 300 ppm lead  solutions
showed significantly higher response rates than matched controls during
conditioned response training.  Jason and Kellogg (1981) reported  a
developmental lag in activity around post-natal day (PUD) 15 to  18, as
measured in an automated activity chamber.  Rat pups were dosed  on PHD 2 to 14
with lead at 25 or 75 mg/kg.  A delay in the characteristic decrease in
activity that normally occurs in pups at that age was observed,  indicating
that lead-exposed pups were significantly more active than control subjects at
PHD 18.  These alterations in behavior are indicative of altered neural
functioning in the CNS.
      ^
Bushnell and Bowman (1979) investigated the effect of lead on learning in
rhesus monkeys.  Lead acetate was fed to the animals for 12 months, resulting
in PbB levels of '30 to 50 Ug/dL (versus 5 Vg/dL in controls).  Exposed
monkeys were significantly retarded in their ability to learn a  visual
discrimination task.

In conclusion, it appears that alterations in behavior and neural  development
in rats and monkeys occur as a consequence of oral exposure to lead.  These
alterations are presumably indicative of altered neural functioning,
especially in the CNS, but whether such alterations represent biologically
significant Impairment in overall functioning of the lead-exposed  subjects is
not yet clear.

There are many reports of lead-induced nervous system injury in humans.   Morgan
and Repko (1974) reported deficits in hand-eye coordination and reaction time
in an extensive study of behavioral functions in 190 lead-exposed workers.
Similar studies (Arnvig et al. 1980, Haenninen et al.  1978,  Valciukas et al.
1978) have found disturbances in visual motor performance, IQ test
performance, hand dexterity, mood, nervousness and coping in lead workers with
PbB values of about 50 to 80 yg/dL.

Seppalainen et al. (1975) measured nerve conduction velocity (NCV)  in 26 lead
workers whose PbB levels had been monitored regularly for several years.   Most
                                     11-3

-------
                                                                 J&ft Systems, Jnc.
                                                                                   n.
PbB values ranged between 35 and 60 Vg/dL with occasional values as low as 20
or as high as 70 Vg/dL.  There was a clear decrease in mean NCV in nerves of
the arm in exposed workers compared to controls (P<0.01).  The authors
emphasized that the data showed evidence of neurophysiological effects in
workers whose PbB values never exceeded 70 Vg/dL.

Melgaard et al. (1976) observed a clear association between lead exposure and
peripheral nerve dysfunction in 20 automobile mechanics exposed to tetraethyl
lead and other lead compounds in lubricating and high-pressure oils.  Half of
the workers had elevated PbB levels (60 to 120 Vg/dL) and showed definite
electromyographic deficits (abnormal electrical activity in skeletal muscles).
The mean blood lead level for the control group was 18.6 Vg/dL.

Thus, considerable evidence exists that peripheral nerve dysfunction occurs in
adults at PbB levels as low as 30 to 50 Vg/dL.  The question as to whether
these reflect mild, reversible effects or are true early warning signals of
progressively more serious peripheral neuropathies la still a matter of some
dispute.

As in experimental animals, the developing child appears to be especially
sensitive to lead-induced nervous system injury.  De la Burde and Choate
(1972, 1975) observed neurological dysfunctions Including fine motor
dysfunction, Impaired concept formation and altered profiles in 70 preschool
children exhibiting pica behavior (the tendency to eat dirt).  These children
displayed elevated PbB levels (30 to 100 Vg/dL, mean « 58 Vg/dL) in comparison
with 70 matched control subjects not engaging in pica.  Continuing CMS
impairment in the lead-exposed group, as assessed by a variety of
psychological and neurological tests, was observed when the children wsre
seven to eight years old, despite the observation that many of their PbB
levels had by then decreased significantly from the Initial study.

The relationship between low-lead exposure, psychometric function and
electrophysiological response In children aged 13 to 78 months was explored In
studies by Mllar et al. (1980, 1981), Otto et al. (1981) and Benlgnus et al.
(1981).  Psychometric evaluation revealed lower scores for children with PbB
levels of 30 Vg/dL or higher compared to children with PbB levels under
30 Vg/dL, but the observed IQ deficits were confounded by poor home caregiver
environment scores in children with elevated PbB levels.  Electrophysiological
assessments, Including analyses of slow potentials during sensory conditioning
and electroencephalogram (EEC) spectra, did provide evidence of CNS effects of
lead in the same children.  A significant linear relationship between PbB
(ranging from 7 to 59 Vg/dL) and slow wave (SW) voltage was observed (Otto et
al. 1981).  Analyses of quadratic and cubic trends in SW voltage did not
reveal any evidence of a threshold for this effect.

Seattle et al.  (1975) identified 77 retarded children and 77 normal children
matched for age, sex and geography.  Of 64 matched pairs, 11 of the retarded
children came from homes with high concentration of lead In the water.  By
contrast, none of the control children came from such homes.  In a follow-up
study, PbB values of the mental retardates, measured during the second week of
life, were found to be significantly higher than those of control subjects
(25.5 ± 8.9 versus 20.9 ± 7.9 Vg/dL) (Moore et al. 1977).  When compared with
                                      11-4

-------
                                                                  J&fe Systems, Jnc.
studies of children suffering neurobehavloral deficits  produced by direct
exposure to lead, these studies suggest  that  the brain  of  the fetus is
considerably more sensitive to the  toxic effects of  lead than the brain of the
young child.

11.2.1.3  Effects of Lead on Blood  Pressure

Several epidemlological studies have Indicated that  chronic  lead exposure may
be associated with increased blood  pressure in humans (Dingwall-Fordyce and
Love 1963, Beevers et al. 1980), although other studies have not detected such
an association  (Cramer.and Dahlberg 1966).

More recently, Harlan et al. (1985) examined  the relationship between PbB and
blood pressure by statistical analysis of the data base obtained during the
second National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES-II).   This
survey collected Information on a representative cross-section of over 20,000
members of the U.S. population.  Using simple regression analysis,  a  direct,
nearly linear relationship was found between  PbB and blood pressure in both
men and women aged 12 to 74 years.  Since blood pressure is  known to  be
related to factors such as age and  body  mass,  multiple  regression analyses
were performed po separate confounding factors.  After  accounting for these
and other variables, PbB was found  to retain  a statistically significant
relationship to blood pressure in males  (P<0.05) but not in  females.   The
authors cautioned that causal inferences about effects  of  PbB on blood
pressure should not be drawn from this cross-sectional  survey,  although the
results obtained were consistent with a  direct effect.
                                    *                            •
Pirkle et al. (1985) employed the NHANES-II data base to perform a  detailed
statistical analysis of the relation between  PbB and blood pressure in white
males aged 40 to 59 years.   This sub-population was selected because,  in this
age range, the effects of age on blood pressure are  small, and  confining the
analyses to white males obviated the confounding effects of  sex and race.
Regression analyses correcting for  age and body mass indicated  that PbB values
correlated to both systolic and diastolic blood pressure.  Segmented
regression analyses Indicated there was  no threshold below which blood
pressure was not related to PbB.

11.2.2    Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Studies

Studies of cytogenetic (chromosome appearance) abnormalities  in persons
exposed to lead have yielded mixed results.  For example, O'Riordan and  Evans
(1974) reported no significant chromosomal damage in male workers with PbB
values from 40 to 120 Ug/dL.  However, Forni et al.  (1976)  found the  Incidence
of abnormal metaphases doubled (PS0.05)  In workers exposed for one month  to
air lead levels of about 0.8 mg/m .

A number of ingestion studies on the carcinogenic potential of various lead
salts in animals have been reported.  The most common observation was
increased frequency of renal tumors, although evidence of tumors In other
tissues has been noted.  The doses of lead producing these  effects were quite
high, generally 0.1Z to 1Z in the diet (equivalent to about 50 to
500 mg Pb/kg/day).  For example, Azar et al. (1973) reported dose-dependent
                                     11-5

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, JHC.
increases in renal tumor frequency in male rats fed 500 to 2,000 ppm Pb  in  the
diet.  It should be noted that these doses are associated with moderate  to
severe non-carcinogenic effects in rats.

A number of epldemlologlcal studies.of industrial workers with elevated  lead
exposure have been conducted to evaluate the role of lead in the induction  of
human neoplasia (Cooper 1976, Dingwall-Fordyce and Lane 1963, Lane  1964,
McMichael and Johnson 1982).  In general, these studies made no attempt  to
consider the types of lead compounds to which workers were exposed, or to
determine probable routes of exposure.  While a number of these studies  found
an association between, lead exposure and the frequency of various cancer
types, no study was sufficiently free of confounding factors to permit a clear
conclusion.

The IARC has performed an assessment of the degree of evidence for  the
carcinogenicity of lead and lead compounds in humans and experimental animals
(WHO 1982).  This assessment concluded that lead and lead compounds are  Group
3 compounds (sufficient evidence for carcinogenicity of some lead salts  in
animals, but inadequate evidence for carcinogenicity in humans).

11.3      Quantitative Indices of Toxicity

Many studies in animals indicate that adverse effects occur in pups born to
dams exposed to doses of lead from 5 to 150 mg/kg/day.  Similarly,  studies  in
young animals exposed to lead directly indicate that doses of 5 to
500 mg/kg/day cause behavioral or neurological effects.
                                               €                             *

Studies in humans suggest that PbB values of around 25 yg/dL or higher are
associated with adverse effects in adults, and even lower values may be
associated with adverse effects in children.  Some effects may occur without a
threshold value.  Equations have been developed which describe the
relationship between PbB values and lead exposure via inhaled air and
Ingested food, water or soil.  While there is some variability between
different studies, application of these equations makes clear, that  daily
ingestion or inhalation of several hundred mlcrograms or less of Pb could
yield these PbB values.

The current MCL for lead in drinking water Is 50 Pg/L (USEPA 1976).  This
corresponds to a total ADI of 100 tig/day.  The present TLV for inorganic lead
compounds in inhaled air is 0.15 mg/m , and the STEL is 0.45 mg/m   (ACGIH
1980).  There is growing awareness that present exposure limits may not
provide an adequate margin of safety (e.g., see HAS 1977), and several
agencies are evaluating recent data on lead toxicity to determine if revisions
in existing guidelines and standards are appropriate.

11.4      Special Concerns

There are a number of special concerns associated with lead toxicity.  First,
most adverse effects develop only slowly, but are basically irreversible.
Thus, by the time injury is recognized, permanent harm may already have  been
done.  Second, the fetus in utero and the young child are especially
sensitive.  Third, as analytical techniques and testing protocols become more
                                      11-6

-------
                                                                  £ife Systems, Jnc.
powerful and sophisticated, adverse effects of lead are being detected at
levels previously thought to be safe.  Indeed* some researchers feel there nay
be no threshold for some lead-induced effects.

11.5      References

AGGIE.  1980.  American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.
Threshold limit values for chemical substances and physical agents in the
workroom environment with intended changes for 1980.  Cincinnati, Ohio:
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, p. 243.

Arnvig E, Grandjean P, Beckmann J.  1980.  Heurotoxic effects of heavy lead
exposure determined with psychological tests.  Toxicol. Lett. 5:399-404.

Beattie AD, Moore MR, Goldberg A.  1975.  Role of chronic low-level lead
exposure in the aetiology of mental retardation.  Lance 1 (7907):589-592.

Beevers DG, Cruickshank JK, Yeoman WB, Carter GF, Goldberg A, Moore MR.  1980.
Blood-lead and cadmium in human hypertension.  J. Environ. Pathol. Toxicol.
4:251-260.

Benignus VA, Otto DA, Muller KE, Seiple KJ.  1981.  Effects of age and body
lead burden on CMS function in young children.  II:  EEC spectra.
Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 52:240-248.
                                                                          *
Breennan MW, Cantrill RC.  1979.  Delta-aminolaevulinic acid is a potent
agonist for GABA autoreceptors.  Nature (London) 280:514-515.

Bushnell PJ, Bowman RE.  1979.  Reversal learning deficits in young monkeys
exposed to lead.  Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 10:733-742.

Cooper WC.  1976.  Cancer mortality patterns in the lead Industry.  Ann. N.Y.
Acad. Sci. 271:250-259.

Cory-Slechta DA, Thompson T.  1979.  Behavioral toxiclty of chronic
postweaning lead exposure in the rate.  Toxicol. Appl. Pharmacol. 47:151-159.

Cramer K, Dahlberg L.  1966.  Incidence of hypertension among lead workers:  a
follow-up study based on regular control over 20 years.  Br. J.  Ind. Med.
23:101-104.

De la Burde B, Choate MS, Jr.  1972.  Does asymptomatic lead exposure in
children have latent sequelae?  J. Pediatr. 81:1088-1091.

De la Burde B, Choate MS, Jr.  1975.  Early asymptomatic lead exposure and
development at school age.  J. Pediatr. 87:638-642.

Dingwall-Fordyce I, Lane RE.  1963.  A follow-up study of lead workers.  Br.
J. Ind. Med. 20:313-315.
                                     11-7

-------
                                                                 fife Systems, fac
Govonl S, Memo M, Lucchi L, Spano PF, Trabucchi M.  1980.  Brain
neurotransmltter systems and chronic lead Intoxication.  Pharmacol. Res.
Commun. 12:447-460.

Granick JL, Sassa S, Granick S, Levere RD, Kappas A.  1973.  Studies in lead
poisoning.  II:  Correlation between teh ratio of activated and inactivated
delta-amlnolevulinlc acid dehydratase of whole blood and the blood lead level.
Blochem. Med. 8:149-159.

Grant LD, Kimmel CA, Vest GL, Martinez-Vargas CM, Howard JL.  1980.  Chronic
low-level lead toxicity In the rat.  II.  Effects on postnatal physical and
behavioral development.  Toxicol. App. Pharmacol. 56:42-58.

Haennlnen H, Hernberg S. Mantere P, Vesanto R, Jalkanen M.  1978.
Psychological performance of subjects with low exposure to lead.  J. Occup.
Med. 20:683-689.

Harlan WR, Landis R, Schmounder RL, Goldstein NG, BarIan LC.  1985.  Blood
lead and blood pressure.  Relationship in the adolescent and adult U.S.
population.  J. Am. Med. Assoc. 253:530-534.

Hernberg S, Nikkanen J.  1970.  Enzyme inhibition by lead under normal urban
conditions.  Lancet 1 (7637):63-64*

Hernberg S, Hurmlnen M, Hasan J.  1967.  Nonrandom shortening of red cell
survival times In men exposed to lead.  Environ. Res. 1:247-261.

IARC 1980.  International Agency for Research on Cancer.  Lead and lead
compounds.  In:  IARC monographs on the evaluation of the carcinogenic risk of
chemicals to humans:  some metals and metallic compounds; October, 1979; Lyon,
France.  Geneva, Switzerland:  World Health Organizatlon/IARC; pp. 325-416.

Jason MK, Kellogg CK.  1981.  Neonatal lead exposure:  effects on development
of behavior and strlatal dopamine neurons.  Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav.
15:641-649.

Lane RE.  1964.  Health control in inorganic lead Industries:  a follow-up of
exposed workers.  Arch. Environ. Health 8:243-250.

Leiken S, Eng G.  1963.  Erythrokinetic studies of the anemia of lead
poisoning.  Pediatrics 31:996-1002.

Litman DA, Correla MA.  1983.  L-tryptophan:  A common denominator of
biochemical and neurological events of acute hepatic porphyries?  Science
222:1031-1033.

McMichael AJ, Johnson HM.  1982.  Long-term morality profile of
heavily-exposed lead smelter workers.  J. Occup. Med. 24:375-378.

Melgaard B, Clausen J, Rastogi SC.  1976.  Electromyographic changes In
automechanics with increased heavy metal levels.  Acta. Neurol. Scand.
54:227-240.
                                      11-8

-------
                                                                           JttfeSystems, Jnc.
         Milar CR, Schroeder SR, Mushak P, Boone L.   1981.  Failure  to  find
v        hyperactivity in preschool children with moderately elevated lead burden.   J.
v         Pediatr. Psychol. 6:85-95.

%        Milar CR, Schroeder SR, Mushak P, Dolcourt JL, Grant LD.  1980.  Contributions
         of the caregiving environment  to increased lead burden of children.  Am. J.
         Ment. Defic. 84:339-344.

         Morgan BB, Jr, Repko JD.  1974.  Evaluation  of behavioral functions  in workers
         exposed to lead.  In:  Xintaras C, Johnson BL, DeGroot I, eds. Behavioral
         toxicology:  early detection of occupational hazards.  Washington, DC:
         Department of Health, Education and Welfare; pp. 248-266.

         NAS.  1977.  National Academy  of Sciences.   Drinking water  and health.
         Washington, DC:  National Academy of Sciences.

         Otto DA, Benignus VA, Muller KE, Barton CN.  1981.  Effects of age and body
         lead burden on CNS function in young children.  I:  Slow cortical potentials.
         Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 52:229-239.

         Pirkle JL, Schwartz J, Landis  JR, Harlan WR.  1985.  The relationship between
         blood lead levels and blood pressure and its cardiovascular risk Implications.
         Am. J. Epldem. 121:246-258.

         Piomelli S, Seaman C, Zullow D, Curran A, Davidow B.  1982.  Threshold for
         lead damage to heme synthesis  in urban children.  Proc. Natl. Acad.  Sci.
         U.S.A. 79:3335-3339.

         Roels HA, Lauwerys RR, Buchet  JP, Urelust MT.  1975.  Response of free
         erythrocyte protoporphyrin and urinary-d-aminolevulinic acid in men  and women
         moderately exposed to lead.  Int. Arch. Arbeitsmed. 34:97-108.

         Seppalainen AM, Tola S, Hernber S, Kock B.   1975.  Subclinical neuropathy at
         "safe" levels of lead exposure.  Arch. Environ. Health 30:180-183.

         USEPA.  1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Air quality criteria for
         lead.  Review Draft.  Research Triangle Park, N.C., EPA report No.
         EPA-600/8-83-028B.

         USEPA.  1976.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  National interim primary
         drinking water regulations.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Gov. Printing Office, pp.
         69-75.

         Valciukas JA, Lilis R, Eisinger J, Blumberg WE, Fischbein A, Selikoff IJ.
         1978.  Behavioral indicators of lead neurotoxicity:  results of a clinical
         field survey.  Int. ARch. Occup. Environ. Health 41:217-236.

         WHO.  1982.  World Health Organization.  IARC monographs on the evaluation of
         the carcinogenic risk of chemicals to humans.  Chemicals, Industrial processes
         and industries associated with cancer In humans.  International Agency for
         Research on Cancer Monographs.  Vol. 1 to 29, Supplement.  Geneva:  World
         Health Organization.
                                              11-9

-------
                                                                & ft Systems, JHC.
Zielhuis RL.   1975.   Dose-response relationships for inorganic lead.  I.
Biochemical and haematological responses.  Int. Arch. Occup. Environ. Health         i
35:1-18.
                                     11-10

-------
                                                           £ifc Systems, Jnc.
                        SUBJECT INDEX
Subject
                                       Page
 acceptable  daily  intake*  example
   calculation. ...
 acute studies ................ .
 animal studies ..... ...
 bioassays
 carcinogen
              Subject
                                      Page
 cellular defense mechanisms ...........
 chain  of custody.... ..................
 chronic studies .......................
 clinical studies ......................
 detection limits ......................
 dioxln-f urans .........................
 dose ..................................
 dose,  conversions of ..................
 dose conversion, example. .............
 dose conversion  factors ...............
 dose-response  curves ..... . ........... .
^dose-response  models. ............ .....
  cotoxicological guidelines ...........
'ecotoxicological studies ..............
 ecotoxicological studies,  limitations.
 ecotoxicological study* example .......
                                  :....
     ctive concentration (EC) ..........
 effective dose (ED)... ................
 endangerment assessment ........... ....
 endpoints. .. ................. . ..... .. .
 endpoints, measuring  techniques .......
                        6-15
                        5-1
                        5-1
                        5-10
                        2-5 ,
                        4-8
                        3-1
                        7-11
                        5-4
                        5-4
                        2-1
                        9-1
                        2-5
                        6-2
                        6-6
                        6-7
                        3-1
                        6-10
                        5-12
                        5-10
                        5-14
                        5-11
 environmental fate/stability ..........
 environmental persistence .............
 epidemiological studies ......... . .....
 epidemiological studies,  limitations..
 exposure ..............................
 exposure assessments ......... ....... . .
 exposure calculation,  present ..... ....
 exposure coefficients .................
 exposure, duration of .................
 exposure estimation , past .............
 exposure prediction,  future ...........
 exposure, routes of ........ . ..........
 extrapolation, animals to  humans ......
 extrapolation, high to low dose .......
 extrapolation, mathematical models  of.
' aepatoxicity ..........................
 incremental risk ......................
 injection .............................
                        3-10
                        3-10
                        8-6
                        4-7
                        4-8,
                        4-9
                        7-18
                        7-23
                        5-5
                        5-8
                        2-6
                        7-1
                        7-16
                        7-14
                        4-4
                        7-17
                        7-18
                        4-1
                        6-1
                        6-8
                        6-8
                        4-11
                        8-5
                        4-4
intake assumptions	
laboratory animal studies.,

fas:::::::::::::::::::::::
legal requirements	
lethal concentration (LC)..
lethal dose (LD)	
limitations, toxicological.
LOAEL .................................
LOEL ...................................
mathematical models for extrapolation.
mechanisms, chemical toxicity .........
metabolism ............................
mutagenicity ........ . .................
neurotoxicity ............. ' ............
NOAEL .......... . ......................
NOEL ..................................
occurrence data, collection of ........
population analysis, exposure .........
protocols ... ..........................
renal toxicity ...... . .................
repair capacity .......................
reproductive toxicity .................
reserve capacity ......................
risk assessment ............. . .........
risk characterization .................
risk levels , non-threshold chemicals . .
species differences ...................
site history information checklist....
statistical analysis , example ......
statistical terms ..................
subchronic studies .................
surface area equivalence ...........
teratogenlcity
testing protocols
therapeutic index (TI)
                    (TC)
threshold	
toxic concentration
toxic dose (TD)	
toxicokinetic differences	
trichloroethylene (TCE)	
uncertainty factors	
uncertainty factors, selection of.
uncertainty, sources of	,
weight equivalence	
7-15
5-1
3-10
11-1
7-10
3-10
3-10
2-5,
3-5
3-1
4-7
6-8
2-1
4-5
4-11
4-11
3-1
4-7
7-1
7-13
5-2
4-12
2-5
4-12
2-5
8-1
8-4
3-5
4-5
7-2
6-4
6-3
5-4
6-2
3-10
4-12
5-2
3-10,
3-12
3-1
3-10
3-10
6-12
10-1
6-15
6-16
6-13
6-2
                              1-1

-------

-------